Vol. 84 JULY, 1970 No. 1 THE NAUTILUS THE PILSBRY QUARTERLY DEVOTED TO THE INTERESTS OF CONCHOLOGISTS/(C5^\ C'^T^- / >^ y'^ 's S /.' -i ^ EDITORS AND PUBLISHERS f"^/ -^ '-,- ". R. Tucker .Abbott, du Pont Chair of Malacology ir^j / j , p, ^ . _, . , Delaware Museum of Natural History, Greenville, Del. 19807: Horace Birrington Baker, 11 Chelten Road, Havertown, V^r'j^'' (Emeritus Professor of Zoology, University of Pennsylvania) \ " Charles B. Wurtz, Biology Department La Salle Cx)Uege, Philadelphia, Pa. 19141 CONTENTS The occurence of Cymatiidae and Cypraeidae in North Carolina. By Hugh J. Porter 1 Eggs and attachment sites for egg capsules of Valvata lewisi. By B. Z. Lang and N. O. Dronen, Jr 9 One more sinistral Mesodon. By Harold S. Feinberg 12 Defensive liquid discharge in Florida tree snails (Liguus fasciatus) . By T. Eisner and E. O. Wilson 14 Growth of Amblema perplicata Conrad in a Texas river. By J. W. Little and Harry W. Centner 16 Alterations in the molluscan fauna of a meromictic marl lake. By Willard N. Harman 21 A forgotten periodical of West American conchology. By Barry Roth and James T. Carlton 31 Notes 32 Publications received iii $4.25 per year ($4.75 to Foreign Countries) $1.25 a copy. Mrs. Horace B. Baker, Business Manager 11 Chelten Road, Havertown, Pennsylvania 19083 Second-Class Postage paid at Spring House, Pa. NAUTILUS: A quarterly journal devoted to the study of mollusks, edited and published by R. Tucker Abbott, Horace B. Baker (editor emeritus) and Charles B. Wurtz. Business and subscription manager: Mrs. Horace B. Baker, 11 Chelten Road, Havertown, Pennsylvania, U.S.A. 19083. AUTHORS PLEASE NOTE Matter for publication should be sent to the editor-in-chief, Dr. R. Tucker .\bbott, Delaware Museum of Natural History, Greenville, Delaware 19807. Please give your reprint order, if any, when submitting your manuscript. Kindly attempt to conform with the format of the journal, including the style of the references cited and the use of figure numbers of the illustrations. Please correct and return galley proof within 24 hours. The editors reserve the right to ignore unnecessary changes. Authors are charged for engraving blocks of photographs or drawings at cost. Minimum charge for each block is $3.00. The publishers reserve the right, seldom exercised, to charge $40 per page of text for state or federally financed research in order to cover costs. Reprints are furnished at printer's rates. Orders should be written on or AiTACHED TO FIRST PACE OF MANUSCRIPT. REPRINTS are shipped, with iuvoiccs, by PONY PRINTING, 4 Cloverdale Avenue, Upper Darby, Pennsylvania 19082. PURCHASE ORDERS, when required, and shipping instructions, MUST accompany original orders. Extra clerical or bookkeeping work because of delayed receipt of purchase orders will be charged for accordingly. TEXT PAPER 2 pp. 4 pp. 8 pp. 12 pp. 16 pp. First, 100 copies 3.70 8.20 16.40 24.40 30.60 Additional 100 80 2.95 6.50 9.90 11.45 PLATE PAPER First 100 copies 4.00 8.75 17.45 25.95 32.70 Additional 100 1.05 3.50 7.55 11.45 13.55 Prices subject to change without notice. Postage extra. The Nautilus is an official organ of the American Malacological Union. Information regarding membership in the Union may be obtained from Mrs. Margaret C. Teskey, Secretary, Route 2, Box 318, Marinette, Wisconsin 54143 Back Issues: Vols. 3-70, if available, can be obtained from Kraus Periodicals, Inc., 16 East 46th Street, New York, N. Y. 10017. Vols. 71 to date are available from the Nautilus. 11 Chelten Road, Havertown, Pennsylvania 19083, and vary in price. !:i:! f LIBRARY j 2^1 THE ^'s.V »?/' NAUTILUS ' THE PILSBRY QUARTERLY DEVOTED TO THE INTERESTS OF CONCHOLOGISTS VOL. 84 JULY, 1970 to APRIL, 1971 EDITORS AND PUBLISHERS R. TUCKER ABBOTT Delaware Museum of Natural History, Greenville, Delaware CHARLES B. WURTZ La Salle College, Philadelphia, Pa. 19141 MRS. HORACE B. BAKER 11 Chelten Road Havertown, Pennsylvania 19083 PONY PRINTING, UPPER DARBV, PA. ^' L I3RARY *^'- THE NAUTILUS Vol. 84 July, 1970 THE OCCURRENCE OF CYMATIIDAE AND CYPRAEIDAE IN NORTH CAROLINA Bv HUGH J. PORTER University of North Carolina Institute of Marine Sciences Morehead City, North Carolina 28557 The presence in North Carolina waters of the Cymatiidae and Cyprasidas families is not well documented and little known to most collectors. The first published North Carolina record for either family appears to be by Coues (1871) in which a single specimen of Cyprcea exanthema Linne is listed from vicinity of Fort Macon, N. C. Dall (1903) noted six Cymatiidae ( = Tritoniidae) and four Cypraeidae in North Carolina waters. Abbott (1954) recorded four Cymatiidae and no Cyprasidae occurring off the North Carolina coast. The following listing is the result primarily of recent field work from Cape Hatteras south to just below Cape Fear. Most speci- mens were collected by the author while aboard the Duke Uni- versity R/V Eastward, The North Carolina Division of Com- mercial and Sports Fisheries R/V Dan Moore and the United States Bureau of Commercial Fisheries R/V Oregon. Specimens described are in the mollusk collections of the University of North Carolina Institute of Marine Sciences; IMS# indicates catalogue number, IMS#Non indicates specimens not catalogued, live-taken specimens indicated by asterisk following catalogue number. Measurements, when given, are indicated by the follow- ing ratio: shell length/shell width in mm. Cyprcea cervus Linne, 1771 RECORDED NORTHERN RECORDS: Dall (1889), south Florida, in same report synonymized C. cerviis with C. exanthema Linne — the latter recorded (1903) from Cape Hatteras. Schielder (1938-39) , region between Cape Hatteras to Savannah, rare, record 1 2 NAUTILUS Vol. 84 (1) from earlier collections. Johnson (1934), Smith (1945), Morris (1951) — North Carolina for C. cxantJiema cewus Linne. Dodge (1953), Savannah, Georgia; Abbott (1954), south Florida. EX.\MINED NORTH CAROLINA SPECIMENS: IMS# 1114*, E-SE of Cape Lookout (34°31' N; 76°14.6' W) , 116 ft. depth, one of five living specimens caught by trawler net fouled in wreck of M/V Alias (an American tanker), 122/69mm, light brown color; IMS# 1852*, SE of New River Inlet (34°09' N; 76°53.5' W), 108 ft. depth, Oregon station #6557, 119/70mm, dark brown color; IMS# 1626, Cape Lookout beach, broken beach-worn shell; D. A. Wolfe (personal comnmnication) , SW of Cape Lookout, 60-100 ft. depth, sight record. Cypr(ca cinerea Gmelin, 1791 RECORDED NORTHERN RECORDS: Dall (1889) and Johnson (1934), Cape Hatteras; Smith (1945), Morris (1951), Abbott (1954), Abbott (1968) — Florida. EXAMINED NORTH CAROLINA SPECIMENS: IMS# 2262, SE of Cape Lookout (34°07.8' N; 76°11.1' W) , 280 ft. depth. Eastward station #10513, shell of a recently dead specimen. Cyprcea spiirca acicularis Gmelin, 1 79 1. RECORDED NORTHERN RECORDS: Dall (1889), John- son (1934), Smith (1945) , Morris (1951) — Florida; Merrill and Petit (1965), Cape Romain, S. C, 180 ft. depth, recently dead specimens (shells common in other nearby dredgings) ; Menzies, et al. (1966), North Carolina (SE of New River Inlet), shells abundant at Eastward stations #1087, 1088, 1089, 213-328 ft. depth. Live specimens were also recorded by Menzies at #1088. EXAMINED NORTH CAROLINA SPECIMENS: IMS# 33*. Cape Lookout to Cape Fear region, U.S. Bureau of Commercial Fisheries R/V Albatross ///—cruise # 31 C, 102-120 ft. depth, 21.4/ 16.5mm; IMS# 2313, S-SE of Cape Hatteras (35°00' N; 75°28' W) , 156 ft. depth, Dan Moore station #0365, 18.5/1 1.6mm; IMS#Non *, E-SE of Cape Fear (33°26.0' N: 77°00.8' W) , 250 ft. depth. Eastward station #11554, 18. 2/12. 8mm. The following were dredged by Eastward SE of Cape Lookout: IMS#Non, sta- tion #10496 (34°09.8' N; 76°09.7' W) , 164 ft. depth, 14.2/ 9.3mm; IMS#Non, station #10497 (.34°09.2' N; 76°10.3' W) , 164-180 ft. depth, 18.1/12.1mm; IMS#Non, Station #11564 34° July, 1970 NAUTILUS 3 09.5' N; 76°09.2' W) , station #11565 (34° 11.8' N; 76°06.6' W), station #11569 (34°12' N; 76°05.9' VV), 230-390 ft. depth, 16.0 1 0.0mm, 20. 1/1 2.8mm, 20.0/ 13.2mm and 24.2/ 16.6mm. Cypracea zebra Linn^, 1758 RECORDED NORTHERN RECORDS: Cones (1871), Fort Macon, N. C, single specimen; Tryon (1885) , Fort Macon, N. C; Dall (1903), Johnson (1934), Smith (1945), Morris (1951) — North Carolina; Schielder (1938-39), region between Cape Hat- teras and Savannah, Georgia, common, record from earlier collec- tions; Dodge (1953), Cape Hatteras; Abbott (1954) and (1968), southeastern Florida. None examined by the author. Charonia variegata (Lamarck, 1816) RECORDED NORTHERN RECORDS: Dall (1903), John- son (1934), Abbott (1954), Clench and Turner (1957) — south Florida; Merrill and Petit (1969), Cape Romain, S. C, 213-262 ft. depth, fragments (one fresh). With a record as close as the latter one, it is only a matter of time before a specimen is found off the North Carolina coast. None examined by the author. Cymatium {Cabestana) labiosum (Wood, 1828) RECORDED NORTHERN RECORDS: Dall (1889), within a few miles of Cape Hatteras (Tritoniutn labiostis (Wood) ) ; Johnson (1934), Cape Hatteras; Abbott (1954), Florida Keys; Clench and Turner (1957), Cape Romain, S. C. (based on speci- men removed from buoy by Merrill); Merrill and Petit (1965) , Cape Romain, S. C; Porter and Jenner (1968) , Onslow Bay of North Carolina, living specimen. EXAMINED NORTH CAROLINA SPECIMENS: IMS#Non *, SE of Cape Lookout (34°08.5' N; 76° 10.8' W), 164 ft. depth Eastivard station #4487 (sample believed from fore reef area) , previously mentioned by Porter and Jenner (1968), 7. 2/4. 5mm; IMS#Non (identified by Dan Steger) , E-SE of Caj>e Fear (33° 31' N; 76°55' W) , 297 ft. depth, 3.9/3.9mm. Cymatium (Linatella) poulsenii (Morch, 1877) RECORDED NORTHERN RECORDS: Smith (1937), Lake Worth, Florida, possibly north to Cape Hatteras; Clench and 4 NAUTILUS Vol. 84 (1) Turner (1957), Florida; Merrill and Petit (1965), McClellanville, S. C; Merrill and Porter (1966) , two specimens SE of Cape Look- out (108-120 ft. depth), two specimens from Chincoteague Inlet, Virginia (72 ft. depth) . EXAMINED NORTH CAROLINA SPECIMENS: IMS# 1106.1-1106.2 (above recorded specimens), 70/4 1mm and 63/ 41mm; IMS# 1247, SW of Cape Lookout, 150 ft. depth, 58/38mm. Cymatium (Monoplex) parthenopeum (von Salis, 1793) RECORDED NORTHERN RECORDS: Dall (1903) for Tri- fon/wm o/eajiwm Linne, Cape Hatteras; Johnson (1934) and Smith (1937) for C. costatum (Born) , Cape Hatteras; Clench and Turn- er (1957) , Florida; Merrill and Petit (1965) , McClellanville, S. C, 246 ft. depth, living specimen; Merrill and Porter (1966) , SE of Cape Lookout, N. C, 108-120 ft. depth, two adult shells. Merrill and Porter also record that Dr. Rudolph Scheltema found larvae of the species in a sample east of the Grand Banks (47°30' N) . EXAMINED NORTH CAROLINA SPECIMENS: IMS# 1107.1-1107.2 (recorded above), 93/49.5 and 104/54mm (previ- ously recorded 195mm length of #1107.2 is in error); IMS# 2362, S-SE of Cape Hatteras (34°58.5' N; 75°26.5' W) and (34°58.5' N; 75°28' W) , 180-192 ft. depth, Dan Moore stations #0359 and 0364, living specimens, 36/19 and 38/20mm. Mrs. E. H. Piper of Gloucester, N. C. has a specimen (length =111 mm) collected from offshore scallop grounds of North Carolina. Dr. D. A. Wolfe of Beaufort, N.C, has a hermit crab occupied specimen (length = 116mm) found on Radio Island in Beaufort Inlet. This specimen possibly had been brought in by scallop fishermen. Cymatium (Septa) krebsii (Morch, 1877) RECORDED NORTHERN RECORDS: Dall (1889) and (1903) , Johnson (1934)— West Indies and Gulf of Mexico; Clench and Turner (1957), Florida; Merrill and Petit (1965), Cape Romain, S. C, 180 ft. depth, recently living shell. EXAMINED NORTH CAROLINA SPECIMENS: IMS# 2329, S-SE of Cape Hatteras (34°58.5' N; 75°26.5' W) , 180 ft. depth, Dan Moore station #0359, shell with periostracum, 37/ 19mm. July, 1970 NAUTILUS 5 Cymatium (Septa) pileare (Linne, 1758) RECORDED NORTHERN RECORDS: Dall (1889) and (1903) , Johnson (1934), Morris (1951) — Florida; Abbott (1954) , North Carolina; Clench and Turner (1957), Florida; Merrill and Petit (1965), Cape Romain, S. C, 213-262 It. depth, fragments. None examined by the author. Cymatium vcspaceiim (Lamarck, 1822) RECORDED NORTHERN RECORDS: Abbott (1954), North Carolina; Clench and Turner (1957) for C. gemmatiim (Reeve), southern Florida. None examined by the author. Distorsio (Rhysema) clathrata (Lamarck, 1816) RECORDED NORTHERN RECORDS: Dall (1889) lists two varieties — reticulata and clathrata. As indicated by Clench and Turner (1957), these varieties are now recognized as the follow- ing respective species — D. clathrata (Lamarck) and D. mcgintyi Emerson and Puffer. Dall (1889) for variety reticulata, Caribbean; Dall (1889) for variety c/flf/iraifl. Cape Hatteras, 1 32-744 ft. depth, common; Dall (1903) for species reticulata, Cape Hatteras; John- son (1934) for D. clathrata (= D. reticulata). Cape Hatteras; Smith (1945) and Morris (1951), Florida; Clench and Turner (1957), Cape Hatteras; Abbott (1954), North Carolina; Cerame- Vivas and Gray (1966), Carolinian and Tropical provinces off North Carolina. EXAMINED NORTH CAROLINA SPECIMENS: IMS# 1268.1-1268.2*, 102 ft. depth off Cape Hatteras; IMS# 2363.1- 2363.60*, E-SE of Cape Hatteras, Dayi Moore stations: #0359 (34°58.5' N; 75°26.5' W) at 180 ft. depth, #0360 (34°59.5' N; 75°28' W) at 150 ft. depth, #0361 (34°59' N; 75°30.5' W) at 141 ft. depth, #0362 (34°57.5' N; 75°3r W) at 141 ft. depth, #0364 34°58.5' N; 75°28' W) at 186 ft. depth, #0365 (35°00' N; 75°28' W) at 153 ft. depth, #0366 (35°02' N; 75°28.5' W) at 123 ft. depth, 17.5/12.0 to 46.0/26.0 with an average of 34.8/ 19.8mm; IMS# 1096.1-1096.11*, SE of Cape Lookout, 108-120 ft. depth; IMS# 2305*, E of Cape Lookout (34°34' N; 76°01' W) , 111 ft. depth, Dan Moore station #0371. L/W measurements of total above specimens ranged between 17.5/12.0 and 67/40mm. Distorsio (Rliysema) mcgintyi Emerson and Puffer, 1953 6 NAUTILUS Vol. 84 (1) RECORDED NORTHERN RECORDS: Dall (1889) for Dis- tortrix reticulata var. clathrata, Cape Hatteras, common; Abbott (1954) for D. constricta mcgintyi, North Carolina; Clench and Turner (1957), Palm Beach, Florida; Cerame-Vivas and Gray (1966), Carolinian and Tropical provinces off North Carolina; Menzies, et al. (1966), E of Cape Fear (Eastward stations #1087 and 1088), scarce at both stations, living specimens present at #1088. EXAMINED NORTH CAROLINA SPECIMENS: IMS# 2359*, S-SE of Cape Hatteras (34°58.5' N; 75°28' W) , 186 ft. depth, Dan Moore station #0364, 23.4/13.2mm: IMS# 1726.1- 1726.2, SE of New River Inlet (33°43.4' N; 76°41.7' W) , 213 ft. depth, Eastward station #1088, 13.5/7.8 and 16.8/9.6mm; IMS# Non, S and SE of Cape Lookout, Eastward stations: #4487 (34° 08.5' N; 76° 10.8' W) at 164 ft. depth, #7226 (34° 12.2' N; 76° 07.2' W) at 230 ft. depth, #7230 (33°52.5' N; 76°28.5' W) at 246 ft. depth, #7238 (33°52.0' N; 76°28.8' W) at 269 ft. depth, 35/22.3mm, 38.8/23.5mm, 24.1/1 3.5mm, 7.9/4.6mm. 7.9/4.6mm, 7.0/4.2mm; IMS# 2230*, SE of Cape Lookout (34°09.2' N; 76° 10.3' W), 170 ft. depth. Eastward station #10497, 26.8/16.4mm; IMS# 2249, SE of Cape Lookout (34°07.2' N; 76°12.6' W) , 272 ft. depth. Eastward station #10508, 23.5/14. 8mm. Discussion The species Cyprcva cerviis, C. cinerea and C. spurca acicularis occur off the North Carolina coast. These data reinforce earlier published records questioned by recent authors. Some confusion is indicated in the literature as to occurrence of C. cerviis and/or C. zebra off the North Carolina coast. While C. cerxnis has been collected living in North Carolina waters at a depth just greater than 100 ft. near beds of Aeqiiipecten gibbus, no specimens of C. zebra from North Carolina are known to exist. Possibly Coues specimen of C. zebra was misidentified by Stimpson. Dall (1903), later recording C. exantheyna north to Hatteras, may have been referring to Coues record. Johnson (1934) , listing both C e. exantheina and C. e. cerviis from North Carolina, may have been referring both to Coues (1871) and Dall (1903). Location of the Coues specimen is not known. Abbott (personal comnnmi- cation) was unable to find it in the Philadelphia Academy of July, 1970 NAUTILUS 7 Natural Sciences mollusk collection and the author found no record of North Carolina specimens of these two s{)ecies in the mollusk collection of the United States Museum of Natural History. Cypvcra cinerea and C. spiirca aciciilaris occurred in deeper water than C. cervus, about 70 km. off the North Carolina coast near a submerged, Lithothamnion type reef (for reef reference see Menzies et al., 1966) . Of the species Cymatixirn labiosum, C. poulsenii, C. parthe- nopeiini, C. krebsii, Distorsio clathrata and D. mcgmtyi occurring off the North Carolina coast, only the record of C. krebsii is new. Cymatium pileare and C. vespaceum, while recorded from the area by Abbott (1954) , have yet to be seen by this author. Because of the well-known highly adventurous nature of Cymatiid larvae, it can be assumed that the two preceding species and possibly others in the family will be found off the coast of North Carolina. Collections in the Institute of Marine Sciences indicated D. clathrata to be common east-southeast of Cape Hatteras at depths between 106 and 186 ft. and D. rncgintyi, possibly less common, to be found only in deeper waters near the submerged reef of Menzies et al. (1966) . Ball's statement (1889) that D. rncgintyi = Distor- trix reticulata var. clathrata is common off Cape Hatteras and that D. clathrata = Distortrix reticulata var. reticulata is found only in the Caribbean seemed to be an inverted error. Examination of specimens in the United States Museum of Natural History showed that Ball had not collected any D. clathrata from North Carolina waters. Of recorded North Carolina Cymatium spp., only C. labiosum occurred near the above mentioned offshore reef while the others were further inshore and near the Aequipecten gibbus beds. The author here wishes to express his appreciation to the Gear and Bevelopment Bivision of the United States Bureau of Com- mercial Fisheries, the North Carolina Bivision of Commercial and Sports Fisheries, the Oceanographic Program of the Buke Univer- sity Marine Laboratory, the United States National Museum — Bivision of Mollusks and the staff of the University of North Carolina Institute of Marine Sciences for their part in this paper. Literature cited Abbott, R. T., 1954. American seashells. B. van Nostrand and Co., New York. 541 p. 8 NAUTILUS Vol. 84 (1) ,1968. Seashells of North America — A guide to field identifi- cation. Golden Press, New York. 280 p. Cerame- Vivas, M. J. and I. E. Gray, 1966. The distributional pat- tern of benthic invertebrates of the continental shelf off North Carolina. Ecology 47 (2) : 260-270. Coues, E., 1871. Notes on the natural history of Fort Macon, N. C., and vicinity. (No. 2). Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. p. 120-148. Clench, W. J. and Ruth D. Turner, 1957. The family Cymatiidae in the western Atlantic. Johnsonia 5(36): 189-244. Dall, W. H., 1889. Reports on the results of the dredging ... in the Gulf of Mexico and the Caribbean Sea by the . . . Steamer 'Blake.' Pt. II, Gastropoda and Scaphopoda. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 18, 492 p. , 1903. A preliminary catalogue of the shell-bearing marine mollusks and brachiopods of the south-eastern coast of tlie United States. U.S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 37, new ed., 232 p. Dodge, H., 1953. A historical review of the mollusks of Linnaeus. Part 2. The class Cephalopoda and the genera Conus and Cyprcea of the class Gastropoda. Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist. 103: Art. 1, 134 p. Johnson, C. W., 1934. List of marine mollusca of the Atlantic coast from Labrador to Texas. Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. 40(1): 1-204. Menzies, R. J., O. H. Pilkey, B. W. Blackwelder, D. Dexter, P. Huling and L. McCloskey, 1966. A submerged reef off North Carolina. Int. Revue ges. Hydrobiol. 5i (3) : 393-431. Merrill, A. S. and H. J. Porter, 1966. Further note on distribution of Cymatiidae in western Atlantic. Nautilus 80 (1): 31-32. MeiTill, A. S. and R. E. Petit, 1965. Mollusks new to South Carolina. Nautilus 79 (2) : 58-66. , 1969. Mollusks new to South Carolina: II. Nautilus 52(4) : 117-122. Morris, P. A., 1951. A field guide to the shells of our Atlantic and Gulf coasts. Houghton Mifflin Co., Boston. 236 p. Porter, H. J. and C. E. Jenner, 1968. Notes on some mollusca off the coast of North Carolina. Ann. Rpts. for 1967, Am. Malacol. Union, p. 23-24. Schilder, F. A. and M. Schilder, 1938-1939. Prodrome of a mono- graph on living Cypraeidae. Proc. Malacol. Soc. London 23: 119-231. Smith, M., 1945. East coast marine shells. 3rd ed., Edwards Brothers, Inc., Ann Arbor, Michigan. 314 p. Tryon, G. W., 1885. Manual of conchology, 7. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 309 p. July, 1970 NAUTILUS EGGS AND ATTACHMENT SITES FOR EGG CAPSULES OF VALVATA LEWISI By BRUCE Z. LANG and NORMAN O. DRONEN, JR. Eastern Washington State College Department of Biology Cheney, Washington 99004 The literature pertaining to reproductive features of Valvata Miiller has been reviewed by Heard (1963). In this paper, the author pointed out the seasonal reproduction of V. piscinalis of Europe and Valvata of the Great Lakes region. Besides the sea- sonal reproductive cycle, certain species of Valvata demonstrate a preference for substrates during oviposition. Heard demonstrated that V. tricarinata (Say) preferred plants over leaves of decidous trees for oviposition. Also, more egg capsules were recovered from the broader leaved aquatic plants than those having narrow or needle-like leaves. The number of eggs per capsule and the time rquired for hatching is quite variable for the various species of Valvata that have been studied. Valvata lewisi Currier has been reported from the western states Fiq. 1 FiQ. £ FioJ Figure 1. Egg capsule of Valvata lewisi attached to aquatic plant. Figure 2. Incomplete surface striations on egg capsule. Figure 3. Single egg showing filament. 10 NAUTILUS Vol. 84 (1) by Henderson (1907. 1929) and Beetle (1965) . In the present study, oviposition (egg capsule attachment) on various substrates was studied for V. lewisi along with the morphology of the cap- sule and egg, and the hatching time for eggs. Valvata lewisi are present in the three Findly Lakes on the Turnbull National Wildlife Refuge in eastern Washington (Spo- kane Co.) . The three lakes are connected by ditches and the small- est of the three usually dries up in the summer. The lakes are shallow, 2.5 meters at their greatest depth with a mud-silt bottom over one meter in depth, eu trophic, with a pH which varies from 7.2 in early spring to 9.5 in late summer. Total alkalinity is high and the oxygen concentration shows considerable diurnal and seasonal variation, from 20 percent saturation to 95 percent satura- tion. The dominant plant species covering the bottom of the lakes is Myriophyllum exalbescens Fern. Small patches of Elodea cana- densis Michx. are scattered over the bottom, and the banks and edges are characterized by Typha latifolia L. Pinus ponderosa Dougl. is the dominant species of uee with a few Populus tremu- loides Michx. being present. The invertebrate fauna of the lakes is extremely rich. Adult V. lewisi are usually not found in field collections until after April 1. Collections during January, February and March do not contain adults or young. Specimens are common through- out April, but become increasingly difficult to obtain by the middle of May. Adult snails collected during the middle of April were main- tained in aquaria in the laboratory for three days. At this time, 24 snails were transferred to four 414 inch fingerbowls, six snails per bowl. Each fingerbowl contained filtered lake water, leaves of Acer sacchariniim L. and P. tremuloides, sprigs of E. canadensis and M. exalbescens, and small portions of the stalk of T. latifolia. With the exception of the Maple leaves, these plants are present in and around the Findly Lakes. Snails were maintained at room temperature and were exposed to the natural photoperiod. Finger- bowls were checked at intervals for egg capsules and their site of attachment. Snail feces were removed at intervals and fresh water was added. During an 18 day period, 50 egg capsules were laid by the 24 snails. Forty egg capsules were studied in detail during this pe- X July, 1970 NAUTILUS 11 riod. The minimum hatching time is 12 days, the range being 12 to 18 days. From 2 to 6 eggs are present per capsule; the mean number of eggs per capsule is 4.1. Capsules that are 24 hours old range in size from 0.675 mm to 0.800 mm long. The egg capsule is connected to the substrate by a short fiber (Fig. 1) . Incomplete surface striations are present on the capsule (Fig. 2) . Eggs (Fig. 3) that are 24 hours old are 0.350 mm to 0.368 mm long (exclud- ing the filament) . The single filament present on each egg varies from 0.175 mm to 0.200 mm in length. Filaments of eggs are not joined. The capsule splits along a longitudinal suture, releas- ing the eggs which hatch within 24 hours. The shells of the young snails show course transverse striations. Of the substrates provided for capsule attachment, V. lewisi demonstrated a high selectivity for the stalk and leaves of M. cxalbescens (Table 1) . The broader leafed E. canadensis and the leaves of the tree species were not favored as sites for capsule attachment. In fact, the snails seemed to prefer glass above all other substrates except M. exalbescens. This might be a reflection of the total surface area that was available. Unlike V. tricarinata, V. lewisi preferred the narrow leafed aquatic Myriophyllum to the broader leafed plant Elodea. Valvata lewisi has from 2 to 6 eggs (average 4.1) per capsule which is close to the number of eggs recorded for V. cristata and V. tri- carinata (Heard, 1963) . The hatching time for V. lewisi (12-18 days) at room temperature closely resembles that seen for V. tri- carinata (Furrow, 1931) . In V. lewisi each egg case has its own individual thread, much like V. tricarinata and V. cristata. The egg capsule of V. lewisi splits along a longitudinal suture as the embryos increase in size, spilling the egg cases to the bottom. This is also seen in V. piscinalis and V. tricarinata. The embryonic snails of V. lewisi appear to eat their way through the membranes of the egg case as seen in V. tricarinata. Thus, in certain aspects of reproductive biology, V. lewisi appears to resemble V. tricari- nata, except that V. lewisi prefers the nanow leafed aquatic plant Myriophyllum for egg capsule attachment. The authors are grateful to Mr. Jon Malcomb, Manager of The Turnbull National Wildlife Refuge, for his encouragement and help during this study. 12 NAUTILUS Vol. 84 (1) TABLE 1. Substrates and attachment sites for egg capsules of Valvata lewis i Substrates Hyriophyllum exalbescens Glass Typha Eodea latifolia canadensis Acer saccharinum Populus tremuloides Number of capsules 29 15 Literature cited Beetle, D. E. 1965, Nautilus, 18: 125-130. Furrow, C. L. 1931, Trans. 111. State Acad. Sci. 24: 24-246. Henderson, J. 1907, The University of Colorado Studies, 4: 167- 185. . 1929. The University of Colorado Studies, 11: 47-190. Heard, W. H. 1963, Nautilus, 11: 64-68. ONE MORE SINISTRAL MESODON By HAROLD S. FEINBERG American Museum of Natural History New York, New York 10024 A sinistral specimen of Mesodon inflectus (Say, 1821) was found with two dextral snails of this species. The specimens were ob- tained in the damp soil under a large slab of rock, in a steep talus slope formed by the highway construction of Routes 19E and 321, just south of Valley Forge, Carter County, Tennessee. Sinistral or left-handed specimens of Mesodon are uncommon. Over a hundred years ago, Tryon (1867, p. 104) wrote, "Reversed Helices are not nearly so numerous in America as in Europe." He listed the number of sinistral specimens of species which are now known to belong to the genus Mesodon. He cited single sinistral examples of M. elevatus (Say, 1821), M. thyroidus (Say, 1816), M. mitchellianus (Lea, 1839) and M. inflectus. The sec- ond sinistral inflectus was collected by Leslie Hubricht in St. Louis County, Missouri, and reported by Pilsbry (1940, p. 773). A. G. Weatherby (1895, p. 94) reported three specimens of sinistral M. thyroidus and one of M. mitchellianus. Some of these July, 1970 NAUTILUS 13 records may be duplicates of those reported by Tryon 18 years previously. Archer (1934, p. 148) reported two more sinistral shells of M. thyroidus. Fluck (1934, p. 105) reported two left- handed shells of M. zaletus (Binney, 1837) . Reigle (1962, p. 37) in summarizing Pilsbry's (1940) data, noted that "Reversely coiled snails have been recorded from a great many groups. Among the Polygyridae, this condition is unusual, but has been found in at least 10 species and 4 genera". Only two of these 10 species belong to the genus Mesodon. To substantiate Tryon's statement concerning relative abundance of European and Ameri- can helices, Knight (1905, p. 116-119) lists 11 species and 66 specimens of sinistral helices from England. The three specimens of M. inflectus, including the left-handed shell, collected by the author have been deposited in The Ameri- can Museum of Natural History, AMNH No. 157293. The presently recorded specimens were collected on June 4, 1969, in the company of (but not under the same rock as) Mesodon rugeli (Shuttleworth, 1852), Triodopsis rugosa anteridon Pilsbry, 1940, T. albolabris (Say, 1816) and Stenotrema steno- trema (Pfeiffer, 1842). The subadult, sinistral shell measures: Ht. 5.2 mm.; Diam. 9.2 mm. The two dextral shells measure: Ht. 5.8 mm., Diam. 10.0 mm.; and Ht. 5.2 mm., Diam 9.2 mm. I wish to thank Dr. William K. Emerson for kindly reading the draft of this manuscript References cited Archer, Allen F. 1933. A Study of Polygyra inflectus (Say) . Occ. Papers of Univ. Mich. Mus. Zool., No. 276; 1-8. . 1934. Sinistral Land Snails from Ann Arbor, Michigan. Nautilus, •/7(4): 148-149. Fluck, William Henry. 1943. Abnormalities in Helix (Alabastrina) lingitana Paladilhe, and Mesodon exoletus Binney. Nautilus 56 (3): 104-105. Knight, G. A. Frank. 1905. On the Phenomenon of Sinistrorsity in the Mollusca. Trans. Perthshire Soc. •/; 100-119. Pilsbry, Henry A. 1940. Land Mollusca of North America. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil. Monog. 3, (I) 2: 575-994. Reigle, Norman J. 1962. Sinistral Polygyridae. Nautilus 76 (\): 36-37. Tryon, George W., Jr. 1867. Scientific Intelligence. Amer. Jour. Conch. Philadelphia 3: 104-106. Weatherby, A. G. 1895. New Records of Reversed American Helices. Nautilus 9: 94. 14 NAUTILUS Vol. 84 (1) DEFENSIVE LIQUID DISCHARGE IN FLORIDA TREE SNAILS (LIGUUS FASCIATUS) BY T. EISNER AND E. O. WILSON Cornell University and Harvard University During recent field work on Lignumvitae Key, located near Islamorada in the central Florida Keys, we noticed that indi- viduals of the Florida tree snail Liguus fasciatus almost invariably discharged copious quantities of a clear aqueous liquid when prodded on the shell or body or picked off their arboreal perches (see Figure 1 A-B) . Simultaneously the body was retracted for a variable distance inside the shell. In order to test the obvious hypothesis that this is a defensive response, we carefully trans- ferred leaves bearing crawling snails next to a freshly disturbed nest of the large, aggressive ant Camponotus floridanus. Most of the worker ants were deterred by simple contact with the slimy surfaces of the crawling snails. However, on several occasions workers persisted long enough to attempt to bite soft portions of the bodies of the snails. In these instances the Liginis performed the withdrawal-and-discharge response; whereupon the ants re- leased the snails at once and made no further attempt to cross the barrier of discharged liquid (see Figure 1 C-E) . We did not attempt to learn whether the discharge also serves as a deterrent to attack by vertebrate predators. It may be sig- nificant that so many different kinds of tree snails, like Liguus, are brightly colored and rest in exposed positions on the trees and bushes they inhabit. We suggest that the coloration might be aposematic, operating in connection with the discharge response or some comparable chemical defense mechanisms in the various species of tree snails. July. 1970 NAUTILUS 15 Figure 1. A, Liguus, crawling on twig. B, Disturbed individual, partly withdrawn into shell, showing drop of discharged fluid. C, Ligiius in the process of withdrawing from an ant. Freshly discharged liquid is seen to bathe the foot of the snail. D, Ant struggling to escape from pool of liquid discharged by snail. E, Ant perched atop a snail shell, cleaning itself after having become contaminated with the discharge. Note particulate debris stuck to wetted feet of ant. 16 NAUTILUS Vol. 84 (1) GROWTH OF AMBLEMA PERPLICATA CONRAD (PELECYPODA) IN A TEXAS RIVER JOHN W. LITTLE' A\D HARRY W. CENTNERS Department of Biology, Texas A&M University College Station, Texas 77843 Growth studies of fresh-water clams under natural conditions in this country are rather scarce. Lefevre and Curtis (1912) recovered 3 Lampsilis xientricosa Barnes at LaCrosse, Wisconsin, where they were kept for 2 years (June, 1908-November, 1910) in a wire cage. Howard (1922) reported that 10 Qiiadmla pustolosa Lea, maintained in a concrete lined jx>nd at Fairport, Iowa (1913- 1916) grew an average 4.44-19.79 mm. Grier (1922) and Cham- berlain (1931) recorded the age and growth (based on an analy- sis of rings) of several species of clams from different areas of the United States. Our material was originally collected for a study in parasitology. The data are presented here, nevertheless, to show the growth of a clam from a southwestern river, under natural conditions (ex- cluding possible pollution) , and to obtain some general idea of the existing population and its abundance. Materials and Methods On April 7-8, 1966, a total 190 live clams were collected from an area in the Little Brazos River, approximately 5 miles from the mouth (Robertson County, Texas) . The pool was 40 m in length, 5-7 m wide, with an average depth of 1 m. The bottom topography consisted of loose sand and hard, even mud. The clams were burrowed in the mud in clumps or occurred singly. The river itself flows slowly through a fiat agricultural region, and un- doubtedly contains varying amounts of insecticide residuals. The unsexed mollusks were placed in pails of river water until they were marked, weighed and measured. The clams were dried with a towel and numbered on their disks with red fingernail polish. They were weighed to 0.1 g and measured (height and length) to the nearest mm, and returned to the same pool. No mollusk was out of the stream longer than 3 hours. ' Present address: Dept. of Biology, Prairie View A&M College, Prairie View, Texas 77445. - Present address: Dept. of Zoology, University of Oklahoma, Norman, Oklahoma. July. 1^)70 NAUTILUS 17 Table 1. I'he species and nu.-Tiber of clams (living) present and recovered from a pool in the Little Brazos River. (Robertson County, Texas) Species Number of clams marked April 7-6 Number recovered September 16 .v'Tibleria nerpliceta 110 Proptera ourpurata 32 rt.nodcnta corDulenta 16 ^uadrula forsheyi 16 . // ^: 19 — I— r 5 6 LENGTH I I 7 8 (CM) 1^ 10 110 Figure 1. The length-frequency for 110 Amblema perplicata from the April collection as compared with 43 Amblema fyerplicata from the Septem- ber collection. 11 10 9 ^ 7 IE 6 i— H + 00 CM o n 03 1 O CM U3 CO a- 1 CN CN in ro 1 J r 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 rH en H 1 CN CN 1 rH + CM n 1 1 1 en CM O rH CN n CM oa 1 ^ H- 1 J- ■t- cn cn J- 1 1 1 J 1 1 1 1 1 . 1 1 1 1 1 05 cn CN H 1 r~ O CM J- ID rH ' Ul CD CD CM CM 1 t-- CM « 1 CN rH rH t- 00 rH 1 :3- rH to ro CN 1 tc J 1 ' 1 1 1 I 1 1 1 1 1 00 1^ * 1 CN + CN o 1 P -X) CO 1 + in CN f- CN CM 3- ro * 1 O ID r) n 1 1 iD ■-t 1 + to OQ 3- ■-{ ^ CM C 41 6 •rH (fl o C la E lO to 0) 0) ■M 3 x: 3 a. o IB 10 •rl o. O to CO O c Q. 10 o 3 0) •H •H tfl 0 •r( u (0 V) t) 1*-. > ^ t. •rH o u *-> D. ? m 0 •H 4-" IT) rH to n3 w a) X .H to y •H ID •-t 0 o u 4) • u 3 •H E ■M ■-{ u r m o. 4) M rH t' 3 IT) •rH v 10 a. to to •i ■H +J jc; O O +j 3 W c 4) m to 4-) F 3 IJ rH IT) n) n) 10 j:: f= 3 4) 3 C XI o ■M 4) 4) o ^ C •rH o o n) IT) CD 10 fO in 3 0) T) rH •H •H > c c w to •H ■0 b •rl (0 c c rH h ^ >, >, rH u o CO +J o fc m >^ >^ JZ J= U) >, u •H o CJ) iJ < > J J Ol, CL, X tl) Cu a, f- July, 1970 NAUTILUS 27 Table 2. Surficial Sediment Samples ^ U3 O 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 u. 1 CO ID CO • 1 1 1 CN J- CO • ID CM CO 1 CO 1 ►J 1 CN 00 1 1 1 cr) ' to CN 1 1 1 to in a> u. 1 a- CO J- CN CD o 1 CN o • o 1 1 C71 • (V J 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 • 1 00 GO u. 1 J- CO • ' 1 1 to • CO 1 CN CM 1 1 ' CM ■^ O .-H CO 1 1 1 , o CO r 00 • 1 1 1 00 CO CM u^ 1 • 00 o 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ■ • O CM CM J to • o J- o U3 •A 1 1 1 • 04 1 • CO CN * O 1 CM O in u- 1 • CM - • CN 1 CN • O 1 CN CD • 3 1 1 CM • --1 CN Tq • CM • 1 1 1 ■ CO • CN 1 CO CM 1 ' 1 00 CO to c 0) (m 1 o • CO 1 1 1 Ci3 CD 1 lO - 1 r 1 1 J CO c 0) o to 4) > .H CO ■H to 10 o G o to o •H +-> to p ta o •H < n ■M (0 c •H n) u •H t< +-• It) ■M > IT) > (0 •H 6 3 x: ID 4) a) c B e 3 a o V to 10 +-" 10 o 10 lU 10 c e 10 •■H u 10 •-i •H O c 10 10 to 0^ 10 *-> to o i^ V 4-> 0) x: 10 to >1 0^ (0 1) o o to •H _ to w 3 3 10 U 3 o 3 O 10 X 0) to 3 a> c o *F = % Sub-fossil specimens in total sample *L = % Living or recently dead specimens in total sample 28 NAUTILUS Vol. 84 (1) Green Lake changed about 150 years ago. The oldest trees living in the flatland are Thuja occidentalis L. and Tsuga canadensis (L.) Carr. both of which may be found in abundance in swampy environments. The oldest specimen of T. occidentalis cored was about 140 years of age and the largest individual T. canadensis was about 150 years old. Obviously Green Lake has been at its present level for at least 150 years or the trees could not have grown there. Thuja occidentalis may attain an age of 400 years, and T. canadensis an age of 600 years (Harlow and Harrar, 1958) . Therefore, it is possible that the age of these trees indicates the approximate time that the level of Green Lake was lowered. The outlet of Green Lake was dredged and straightened in conjunction with the building of the original Erie Canal which officially opened in 1825, 145 years ago (Fig. 1) . If the excavation of the Green Lake outlet had taken place 5 to 10 years before the opening of the Canal, it is probable that this construction was the cause of the change in surface elevation. Before the level of the Lake dropped, the marl terraces and the upper surfaces of the bioherms formed rather extensive horizontal littoral areas around the Lake. The dike between Round and Green Lakes was at least one-third covered by water and must have formed a vast area exhibiting conditions optimal for the growth and reproduction of the larger aquatic pulmonates. Since the level of the Lake has receded, these horizontal littoral areas have been almost completely destroyed. At this time, almost all littoral substrates are precipitous and very restricted in area. MoLLuscAN Fauna The following species of Gastropoda, formerly abundant in Green Lake, now appear to be extinct: Helisoma anceps (Menke) , Planorbidae; Physa ancillaria Say, Physid^e, Lymntea humilis Say, and LymncBa catascopium Say; both Lymnaeidae. All of these snails are large (they reach at least 1cm in height at maturity) pulmon- ates. In central New York H. anceps is often collected on silt covered bottoms in brooks and on shallow silty lacustrine sub- strates. Habitats approximating these are restricted to a small area in the neck of the Lake, most of which is too deep into the thermo- cline to allow for optimal growth during the summer months. Clark Reservation Lake, another nearby meromictic, marl, plunge basin lake which is much like Green, has a very shallow littoral July, 1970 NAUTILUS 29 area supporting a dense population of this species. Physa ancillaria appears to be uncommon in central New York and has been re- placed by Physa heterostropha Say in Green Lake. Lymncea hnmilis usually occurs on mud flats and other silt covered sub- strates at the water's sinface. This type of habitat is not present in Green Lake. I have found Lyynnaa catascopiiun on fine in- organic substrates in rather productive waters from 1 to 5m in depth throughout the Oswego watershed in central New York. Other species of mollusks now living in the Lake are Gyraulus pmi'us (Say) and Promenetiis exaaious (Say) , both Planorbidae, Amnicola lustrica Pilsbry, Hydrobiidae, Valvata tricarinata (Say), Valvatidse, and Pisidium sp.; Sphaeriidae. All of the gastropods present are small (5mm or less) species that are common in littoral waters throughout New York State where they often occur abundantly in dense vegetation. In Green Lake they may be found by diligent searching in beds of Chara sp. in the shallows. Species of Pisidium that occur in lentic environ- ments are normally found in woodland pools on a substrate of deciduous leaves or on silty bottoms in waters of various depths (Herrington, 1962). A few living specimens have been found in Green Lake on soft marl bottoms with a high organic content. Recently, an operculate gastropod has invaded Green Lake from Chittenango Creek via the outlet stream. In 1935 Eggleton (1956) observed Goniobasis livescens (Menke) (Pleuroceridae) at the extreme north end of the Lake adjacent to the outlet. In 1965 the species was found on the east, west, and north shores of the Lake, (Brunskill and Ludlam, 1967; Harman and Jackson, 1967). Goniobasis livescens has not yet advanced to the inlet or to Round Lake. Conclusions It is felt that the larger pulmonate snails that are not dependent on oxygen tensions in the water (they are able to utilize atmo- spheric air) compete better in wann, shallow environments that may be low in oxygen, but high in productivity. Prosobranchs depend upon oxygen in solution in the water and are better able to compete in highly oxygenated habitats even though the nutrient levels may be very low. Small pulmonates are able to exist in either situation because of their ability to respire atmospheric air and because of their surface/volume relationships which are such as to 30 NAUTILUS Vol. 84 (1) allow respiration via diffusion of oxygen from the water through epidennal membranes. Observations indicate that approximately 150 years ago, the dredging of the outlet channel of Green Lake lowered the level of the lake about 1 .5m, reducing its surface area and destroying much of the horizontal littoral habitat. The larger pulmonates that were previously favored by the warm, shallow, comparatively productive waters were then forced to compete with prosobranchs and small pulmonates in a cold, oligotrophic habitat that was more optimal for the latter. This has resulted in the local extinction of the larger pulmonate snails in Green Lake. References Berg, C. O. 1963. Middle Atlantic States, p. 191-237. hi Frey, D. G. (ed.) Limnology in North America. Univ. Wisconsin Press, Madison. Brunskill, G. J. and S. D. Ludlam. 1967. A summary of some stu- dies on the calcareous sediments of Fayetteville Green Lake, New York, p. 215-243. In Jackson, D. F. (ed.) Some aspects of meromixis. Dept. Civil Eng., Syracuse Univ., Syracuse. Eggleton, F. E. 1956. Limnology of a meromictic, interglacial, plunge-basin lake. Trans. American Mic. Soc. 75:334-378. Harlow, W. M. and E. S. Harrar. 1958. Textbook of dendrology. McGraw-Hill, N. Y., 561 p. Harman, W. N. and D. F. Jackson, 1967. A late winter survey of the macroscopic invertebrates in Green Lake, Fayetteville, New York, p. 188-214. In Jackson, D. F. (ed.) Some aspects of mero- mixis. DejDt. Civil Eng., Syracuse Univ., Syracuse. Herrington, H. B. 1962. A revision of the Sphaeriidae of North America (Mollusca: Pelecypoda) . Misc. Pub. Mus. Zool., Univ. Michigan 118:1-74; PI. 1-7. Muller, E. H. 1967. Geologic setting of Green and Round Lakes near Fayetteville, New York, p. 96-121. In Jackson, D. F. (ed.) Some aspects of meromixis, Dept. Civil Eng., Syracuse Univ., Syracuse. Nichols, L. 1967. Clay and carbonate mineralogy of the sediments of a meromictic lake, p. 122-150. In Jackson, D. F. (ed.) Some aspects of meromixis. Dept. Civil Eng., Syracuse Univ., Syracuse. Sparks, B. W. 1961. The ecological interpretation of quaternary non-marine mollusca. Proc. Linnean Soc. London 172 Session 1959-60:71-80. July, 1970 NAUTILUS 31 A FORGOTTEN PERIODICAL OF WEST AMERICAN CONCHOLOGY BY BARRY ROTH AND JAMES T. CARLTON California AcadciiiN of Sciences San l-rancisco, California 94118 Research by the authors among the papers and letters of Josiah Keep (1849-1911), now preserved in the library of Mills College, Oakland, California — where Keep was an instructor for many years — has brought to light copies of a publication apparently immentioned in moUuscan literature. The Conchologist^ was a typeset pamphlet originating at Ala- meda, California, edited by Albion Doe, a young student and acquaintance of Keep. Volume 1, Number 1, dated January' 1901, identifies the publication as "the official organ of the Isaac Lea Chapter of Conchology [No. 119]" of the Agassiz Association, and bears an AA monogram such as used by that Association. The Conchologist was distributed free to chapter members and was available to others by subscription, at a cost of 40 cents per year. The Mills College library possesses one copy each of Ninnbers 1, 2, and 3 of Volume 1 (January, February, and March, 1901, respectively) , which contain six, six, and eight pages. Dating of the issues may be questionable, as the February issue is also im- printed "January", and one page of the March issue is headed "February", but these irregularities look like printers' errors. The copies are in an advanced stage of deterioration and, as we have found, may crumble at a touch. Evidence within The Conchologist itself suggests that subsequent numbers may have been issued. The third number is larger than the preceding two. The editor states his intention to publish the contents of a clipping sent to him, and to continue a serialized article in "the May issue". A search of several journals of the time (including The Nau- tilus and The West American Scientist) has failed to reveal any mention of The Conchologist, and we have been unable to locate any reference to it among the Keep letters and papers at Mills College. There appear to be no other copies in institutions around ' Not to be confused witii The Conchologist: A (.)iiarterly Magazine for Conchologists (1891) , nor The Conchologist: A Journal of Malacology (1893) . both carlv names of the British periodical. The Journal of Mala- cology, nor the book, The Conchologist, by John C. Warren, Boston, 1834. 32 NAUTILUS Vol. 84 (1) San Francisco. Since the chapter's membership roster published in Number 3 lists members in Maryland, Illinois, Florida, and Wash- ington, D. C, as well as in California, it is possible that sets of the periodical may be preserved in other parts of the country. Content of the journal deals mainly with the mollusks of the San Francisco Bay region; seven of the articles contain reports on the occurrence of various species, native and introduced. An anony- mous article records twelve species of mollusks from pilings of the Bay Farm Island Bridge, near the Oakland estuary, Alameda County. Also included are a column of exchange offers, a review of one issue of The Nautilus, and an article by Josiah Keep about the study of conchology. No new taxa are proposed. From Keep's correspondence, it seems apparent that by the late 1 890's the Isaac Lea Chapter as originally organized (Leach, 1 890, 1894) was losing member support. The very fact that it was a corresponding chapter and, instead of holding meetings, mailed a bound volume of reports from one member to another around the country, may have worked against its survival. It is possible that TJie Conchologist came out of an attempt by Keep to reorganize the chapter among younger enthusiasts in the Oakland-Alameda area. Until the year 1900, the chapter used The Nautilus and Popular Science Neios for publication of selected reports. Photographic copies of the three numbers will be placed in the California Academy of Sciences and other institutions; Mills Col- lege retains the originals. We wish to thank Miss Flora Elizabeth Reynolds, Librarian, and Mrs. Mary Manning Cook, Reference Librarian, Mills College, Oakland, for permitting us to examine this publication and allowing copies to be made. Literature Cited Leach, M. L. 1890. The Isaac Lea Chapter, Agassiz Association. Nautilus, '/(3):31-32. 1894. Isaac Lea Chapter, Agassiz Association. Nautilus, .?(1):10-11. NOTES Fluxina Dall is a Calliostoma Swainson. — Dall (1881) erected Fluxina, type species Fluxina brunnea Dall 1881, and placed it in the Architectonicidae. Here it has remained, without question, to this day. While studying the Architectonicidae, I July. 1970 NAUTILUS 88 found that F. brunnea possesses the cliaracteiistics of Calliostoma and is, in fact, already represented in that genus under the name of C. tejedori Aguayo 1949. Of course, Aguayo's name must be suppressed in favor of Ball's earlier name. Calliostoma brimneum has two major characters that easily separate it from the Architec- tonicidae — the protoconch is orthostrophic, and the interior of the aperture is highly iridescent. The correct synonymy follows: Calliostoma brunneum (BALL) Fluxina brunnea Ball 1881. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., P (2) : 52 (type locality, Blake sta. 2, off Morro Light, Habana, Cuba, in 805 fms.; type specimen. Museum of Comparative Zoology, no. 7463); Ball 1889. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 18 {\2) : 273, pi. 22, figs. 6, 6a. Calliostoma (Astele) tejedori Aguayo 1949. Revista de la Socie- dad Malacologica "Carlos de la Torre", 6 (3) : 94, pi. 4, fig. 7 (type locality. Arenas de la Chorrera, Habana, Cuba, in 3-15 fms.; type specimen, Museo Poey, Universidad de la Habana, Cuba, no. 12389 [presently on loan to the Museum of Comparative Zoology]; Clench and Turner 1960. Johnsonia, 4 (40) : 73, pi. 54. Remarks. The synonymization of Fluxina with Calliostoma of the Trochidas is important since it eliminates one of the five genera given by Thiele (1929) and Wenz (1939) for the Architec- tonicidae of the western Atlantic. Clench and Turner (1960) remark that Calliostoma tejedori [= C. brunneu?n] is ". . . known only from the holotype specimen which was taken from the pile of construction sand at Habana, Cuba, known as the Arenas de la Chorrera." Since Clench and Turner did not associate their species with Ball's Fluxina brunnea, they did not include all locality records. I do so now to complete the known geographic distribution of the species. Range. From off Cuba to the Barbados in depths of 3-15 to 966 fms. Specimens examined. Cuba: off Habana in 80 fms. (U.S. Nat. Mus.) ; Blake sta. 2, off Morro Light, Habana, in 805 fms. (Mus. Comp. Zool.) ; Arenas de la Chorrera, Habana, in 3-15 fms. (Museo Poey). Jamaica: Albatross sta. 2140, So. of Kingston (17°36'10" N. Lat.; 76°46'05'' W. Long.) in 966 fms. (U.S. Nat. Mus.) . Barbados: off Barbados in deep water (U.S. Nat. Mus.) . — Arthur S. Merrill, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Bureau of Commercial Fisheries Biological Laboratory, Oxford, Maryland 21654 34 NAUTILUS Vol. 84 (1) Literature Cited Clench, W. J. and R. D. Turner. 1960. Johnsonia, 4 (40) : 1-80. Dall, W. H. 1881. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 9 (2) : 33-144. Thiele, J. 1929. Handbuch der Systematischen Weichtierkunde, Pt. 1, Berlin. 376 pp. Wenz, W. 1939. Handbuch der Palaozoologie, Berlin. Pt. 3: Prosobranchia, 6 (1) : 481-720. Malacology in Mainland China. — Little information has been available on the mollusks of mainland China since 1949. During the last 20 years, however, several important items have ap|)eared, some without abstracts in a Western European language. Recently the Joint Publications Research Service of the Depart- ment of Conmierce has issued publication "JPRS 45744, Com- munist Chinese Scientific Abstracts, No. 2," which is available from the Clearinghouse for Federal Scientific and Technical In- formation, Springfield, Virginia 22151, for $3.00. Peters (1969, Copeia, no. 1, pp. 214-215) has commented on the herpetological papers and noted that nearly 600 zoological contributions are abstracted in this publication, giving a reasonably broad indi- cation of the status of zoological research in mainland China as of July 1964, when the Conference was held in Peking. Since the Cultural Revolution (1966) , even the standard zoological journals of Communist China have ceased publication. Of the 31 abstracts presented on mollusks, most (14) were con- tributed by members of the Chinese Academy of Sciences at Peking with various institutes, particularly the Institute of Ocean- ography, leading the list with 7 titles. About 10 provincial uni- versities and research centers were responsible for the remaining papers. Studies on economically and medically important mollusks seem to dominate: ecology of Oncomelania in the Wu-Hu (Lake in Hsin-Chou Hsien, experiments on Oncomelania in relation to speed of water flow, seasonal variation in the physiology of Onco- melania, embryology of Parafossarulus, ecology and reproduction of Corbicula fliiminea, morphology of Radix plicatula, oyster farming and the distribution of Area subcrejiata in Liaoning, rates of filter-feeding in 3 bivalves {Ostrea, Mytilus and Chlamys) , and embryology and life history of the estuarine solecurtid Sino- novacula constricta. July. 1970 NAUTILUS 35 Several fresh-water surveys were reported, some without ab- stracts. Thus, over 40 species ot fresh-water bivalves and gastro- pods of the large inland reservoirs and natural lakes Tung-t'ing Hu, [Hunan] P'u — Yang Hu [Poyang Hu, Kiangsi], Tung Hu of \Vu — Ch'ang, and Hua-ma Hu of Hupeh are delineated. There are also reviews of the fresh-water bivalves of the Chunking Area and the economically important species in the T'ai-yuan Area, Shansi. Some 21 species of pulmonates of Kwangtung and Hainan are listed but this is a very incomplete list [with only 1 succineid, 2 subulinids, 6 ariophantids, 4 pleurodontids, 1 achatinid, 3 fruticicolids, 2 streptaxids and 1 philomycid!!]. At least 7 papers deal with the marine mollusks of the inshore waters of coastal China. Species of the bivalve families Pteriidae (16 species), Chamidae (9 species) and Nuculanidae (13 species) are reviewed. Of neogastropods, 5 Miirex, 1 Pterynotus, 7 Chico- rexis and 20 Drupa are listed. Seven species of pleurobranchids are discussed. Some 32 species of cephalopods from Fukien are reviewed and data on catch-statistics and local distribution pre- sented. Several papers abstracted here appeared in a complete form in Acta Zoologica Sinica (Vols. 14-17) , particularly the surveys of the fresh-water lakes by the Institute of Zoology and the two most distinguished malacologists, Hsi Chang (sometimes rendered Si Tchang) and Yueh-ying Liu. Additionally several groups of marine mollusks (aplysiids, pinnids, venerids, cardiids, olivids, teredinids, muricids, tellinaceans, cephalopods, janthinids, ptero- pods and heteropods) have received monographic treatment in Studia Marina Sinica, (vols. 1-8) issued by the Institute of Ocean- ography. K. J. Boss, Mus. Comp. Zool., Cambridge, Mass. 02138. LiTTORiNA IN Louisiana. — Three species of Littorina, none of them previously reported from Louisiana, were found on jetties during the summer of 1960. Littorina irrorata (Say) , a character- istic saltmarsh species of the northern Gulf coast, is also found on jetties. The specimens are deposited in the Tulane University Invertebrate Collections. Littorina angiilifera ; (Lamarck, 1822). Grand Isle, Jefferson Parish, La., east end near Barataria Pass; 25 Aug. 1960. Littorina nebulosa (Lamarck, 1822) . Same locality and date. Littorina ziczac (Gmelin, 1790). Mouth of Bayou LaFourche, 36 NAUTILUS Vol. 84 (1) LaFourche Parish, La.; 28 July 1960. The distributions of these snails is discussed by Hedgpeth (Publ. Inst. Mar. Sci., 3(1):111- 224. 1953) and Bingham (Nautilus, 52 (4) : 146-147, 1969).— Alfred E. Smalley, Dept. Biol., Tulane Univ., New Orleans, La. 70118. CORBICULA MANILENSIS (PhILIPPI) IN LoVVER FLORIDA. R. F. Schneider (1967, Nautilus 81: 68) has reported upon this Asiatic clam in northern Florida (as C. fluminea Miiller ( = manilensis) ) from the Escambia River, near Century, Escambia Co., to the Withlacoochee River, Inglis, Levy Co. (not the different Withla- coochee River, Madison Co., an important confluent of the Su- wannee River) . My thanks are due to Mrs. Muriel E. Hunter of Pinellas Park, Florida, for a series of C. manilensis from Lake Hicpochee, Caloosahatchee River Canal, collected in 1969. This extension into the Caloosahatchee-Lake Okeechobee System will lead to its distribution all over the lower Florida peninsula. The rapid spread of this species, from its first known record in 1938 from the lower Columbia River in Washington to the Caloosahatchee-Lake Okeechobee system in lower Florida in 1969, is unique in the history of fresh-water molluscan dispersal in North America. It is possible that this little fresh-water clam may be able to pass through the intestinal tract of aquatic birds in a viable condition and thus enable it to pass from one river system to another, sometimes over fairly long distances. — William J. Clench, Mus. Comp. Zool., Cambridge, Mass. 02138. Dates of the Nautilus. — Vol. 83, No. 1 mailed July 28, 1969. No. 2, Oct. 31. No. 3, Jan. 23, 1970. No. 4, April 30. A Newsletter^ entitled Achatina^ is to be issued in the spring of 1970, dealing with the land and fresh-water mollusks of Africa, Madagascar and adjacent islands. It will give names and addresses of persons interested in this area, notes concerning current re- search, proposed expeditions, and bibliographies. Interested re- search workers may write Dr. J. -J. Van Mol, Zoologie Syst^matique, Univ. Libre de Bruxelles, 50 Avenue F. D. Roosevelt, Bruxelles, Belgium. July, 1970 NAUTiLi.s iii Publications Received Abbott, R. Tucker. 1970. How to Know the American Marine Shells. Revised edition, 222 pp., 12 col. pis., text figs. Signet paperbound book Y 4233. |1.25. New American Library, N.Y. Herm, Dietrich. 1969. Marine Pliozan und Pleistozan in Nord- und Mittel-Chile unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Entwick- lung der Mollusken-Faunen. Zitteliana, vol. 2, 159 pp., 18 pis. An excellent detailed paleo-conchological study. Starmiihlner, Ferdinand. 1969. Die Gastropoden der Madagassi- chen Binnengewasser. A very extensive and well-illustrated study of the anatomy, habits and geographical distribution of 29 spe- cies of fresh-water Madagascar gastropods. Malacologia, vol. 8, nos. 1-2, pp. 1-434, 569 illus. WORLD WIDE SPECIMEN SHELLS for sale. New 1970 Price List on request. "Illustrated Catalog of Popular Mar- ginella Species" now available also, 117 species shown with full data and values listed with cover in color. Price $2.00. PHILLIP W. CLOVER Apartado de Correos 22 Rota Cadiz, Spain WILLIAM H. WEEKS SHELL COLLECTION: New price lists of this famous collection, with full scientific data, are in prepa- ration. Many new additions of fine and rare species are also included. To obtain free copies write: George E. Jacobs, 853 Riverside Drive, New York 32, N. Y. LIVING VOLUTES A Monograph of the Recent Volutidae of the World by Clifton S. Weaver and John E. du Pont This is the first scholarly review of this colorful and popular group of seashells within the last hundred years. Over 200 species and subspecies are beautifully illustrated in full natural colors on 79 plates. Color photographs of liv- ing animals in their natural habitats add splendor to this remarkable book. Dozens of carefully executed anatomical drawings and distributional maps supplement the lucid scientific text to enable easy identification. Hundreds of de- tailed synonomies are given. Ten years of collecting, visiting foreign museums to photograph types, searching 200 years of hterature, and assembling biological and geographical data on the part of the two authors have produced a classic and definitive treat- ment of this major family of mollusks. Numerous leading malacologists, including Dr. Harald A. Rehder of the Smith- sonian Institution, Dr. Ruth D. Turner of Harvard Univer- sity, and Dr. Donald F. McMichael of Australia, have as- sisted in checking various parts of the text. Foreword by R. Tucker Abbott Delaware Museum of Natural History 400 pages, 9 x 12 inches Text figures and maps 79 full-color plates Bound. Price: ^55.00 Pre-publicotion price ^38.50 If payment is received before October 1, 1970. Delaware Museum of Natural History Greenville, Delaware 19807, U.S.A. Vol. 84 OCTOBER, 1970 ^^2 THE NAUTILUS THE PILSBRY QUARTERLY DEVOTED TO THE INTERESTS OF CONCHOLOGISTS EDITORS AND PUBLISHERS R. Tucker Abbott, du Pont Chair of Malacology Delaware Museum of Natural History', Greenville, Del. 19807 Horace Burrington Baker, 11 Cheken Road, Havertown, Pa. (Emeritus Professor of Zoology, University of Pennsylvania) Charles B. Wurtz, Biology Department La Salle College, Philadelphia. Pa. 19141 CONTENTS The Leo George Hertlein Honor Issue Biographical sketch of Leo G. Hertlein. By Warren O. Addicott 37 Taxa proposed in honor of Leo G. Hertlein from 1926 to 1969. By Barry Roth 42 Bibliography of Leo G. Hertlein for the period of 1925-1970. By Warren O. Addicott 43 Names proposed by Leo G. Hertlein from 1925 to 1970. By Barry Roth 52 New Pliocene Chlamys (Swif toped en) and Beringius from the Alaska Peninsula. By F. S. MacNeil 69 Pelecypocls, successful invaders of the infauna. By David Nicol 75 News iii $4.25 per year ($4.75 to Foreign Countries) $1.25 a copy. Mrs. Horace B. Baker, Business Manager II Chelten Road, Havertown, Pennsylvania 19083 Second-Class Postage paid at Spring House, Pa. Marine Biol gi al Lsi/ora.o.y U I B R A ■-" • OCT 9 1970 NAUTILUS: A quarterly journal devoted to the study of mollusks, edited and published by R. Tucker Abbott, Horace B. Baker (editor emeritus) and Charles B. Wurtz. Business and subscription manager: Mrs. Horace B. Baker, 11 Chelten Road, Havertown, Pennsylvania, U.S.A. 19083. AUTHORS PLEASE NOTE Matter for publication should be sent to the editor-in-chief. Dr. R. Tucker Abbott, Delaware Museum of Natural History, Greenville, Delaware 19807. Please give your reprint order, if any, when submitting your manuscript. Kindly attempt to conform with the fonnat of the journal, including the style of the references cited and the use of figure numbers of the illustrations. Please correct and return galley proof within 24 hours. The editors reserve the right to ignore unnecessary changes. Authors are charged for engraving blocks of photographs or drawings at cost. Minimum charge for each block is ■JS.OO. The publishers reserve the right, seldom exercised, to charge $40 per page of text for state or federally financed research in order to cover costs. Reprints are furnished at printer's rates. Orders should be \VRnTEN on or ATTACHED TO FIRST PAGE OF MANUSCRIPT. REPRINTS are shipped, with invoiccs, by PONY PRINTING, 4 Cloverdale Avenue, Upper Darby, Pennsylvania 19082. PURCHASE ORDERS, when required, and shipping instructions, MUST accompany original ordei^s. Extra clerical or bookkeeping work because of delayed receipt of purchase orders will be charged for accordingly. TEXT PAPER 2 pp. 4 pp. 8 pp. 12 pp. 16 pp. First, 100 copies 3.70 8.20 16.40 24.40 30.60 Additional 100 ;..... .80 2.95 6.50 9.90 U.45 PLATE PAPER First 100 copies 4.00 8.75 17.45 25.95 32.70 Additional 100 ,,. 1.05 3.50 7.55 11.45 13.55 Prices subject to change without notice. Postage extra. The Nautilus is an official organ of the American Malacological Union. Information regarding membership in the Union may be obtained from Mrs. Marion S. Hubbard, 3957 Marlow Ct., Seaford, N. Y. 11783. Back Issues: Vols. 1-71, if available, can be obtained from Kraus Periodicals, Inc., 16 East 46th Street, New York, N. Y. 10017. Vols. 72 to date are available from the NAirriLus, 11 Chelten Road, Havertown, Pennsylvania 19083, and vary in price. In SATISFACTION OF POSTAL REGULATION 132-622. Owners (but non-profit) : Dr. X: Mrs. Horace B. Baker, Dr. Charles B. Wurtz, Dr. R. Tucker Abbott. Paid subscriptions: 575, shipped by mail. THE NAUTILUS Vol. 84 October, 1970 No. 2 LEO GEORGE HERTLEIN HONOR ISSUE RV MIS lUIKNDS We are particularly indebted to Dr. R. Tucker Abbott, one of the editors and publishers of The Nautilus, for permitting us to devote a number of this journal in honor of Dr. Leo G. Hertlein. \Villiam K. Emerson of the American Museum of Natural History contacted some of the many friends of Dr. Hertlein for scientific contributions in his honor. The response to this soliciting was ex- tremely good. David Nicol of the University of Florida, and his wife Helen V. Nicol, collated and did some of the editing of the manuscripts. We believe we can speak for all when we say that it is a great pleasure to pay tribute to a man who has willingly done so much for others. Not all of the manuscripts honoring Dr. Hertlein can be pub- lished in one number of The Nautilus. For this reason we list here the contributions to appear in the next issue honoring oiu- esteemed friend: Cadulus (Gadila) perpusiUus (Sowerby, 1832) , an earlier name for C. (G.) panamensis Sharp and Pilsbry, 1898, by William K. Emerson. The ecological significance of Thyasira bisecta Conrad, by Saburo Kanno. New record for a rare Galapagos land snail, by Allyn G. Smith. BIOGRAPHICAL SKETCH OF LEO HERTLEIN^ BV WARREN O. ADDICOTT U.S. Geological Survey, Menlo Park, California 94025 Leo George Hertlein, the youngest of four childien, was bom in 1898 on a farm in Pratt County, Kansas. Although his family moved to Wichita when he was 10 years of age, Leo continued to spend summers on the farm. He attended public schools in Kansas, ' Based in part upon an anonymous "Biographical sketch [of] Leo G. Hert- lein" in the Ckinchological Club of Southern California Bull., v. 4, no. 5, p. S17-S19, 1963. - ■' ■ 37 38 NAUTILUS Vol. 84 (2) graduating from Wichita High School in 1916. After graduation, he spent a year working in the city before heading west to visit a sister in Idaho. This trip eventually took him to the Pacific coast where he enrolled in the University of Oregon. Electing to major in geology, his introduction to paleontology was in a course given by Dr. Katherine Van Winkle Palmer. He took additional course work in paleontology under Dr. Earl L. Packard, a gifted teaclier who produced many other well-known paleontologists (including H. G. Schenck, H. V. Howe, Siemon Muller, and Orville Bandy). While at the University, Leo took out part of a year for a brief stint in the merchant marine. His summers were spent in a variety of occupations: as a commercial fisherman on a purse seiner in Alaskan waters and in the Columbia River, as a member of a timber-surveying party in western Washington, and working in a copper mine. He received a B.A. degree in geology from the Uni- versity in 1922. Leo continued his interest in geology and paleontology at Stan- ford University where he enrolled as a graduate student in the De- partment of Geology. As a paleontology major he became a student of Dr. J. P. Smith, a famous and inspirational professor who taught many other prominent molluscan paleontologists, including Ralph Arnold, F. M. Anderson, and U. S. Grant, IV. He received an M.A. in 1923 and a Ph.D. in 1929; his doctoral dissertation was on Pliocene geology and paleontology of the San Diego area, Cali- fornia. Following completion of foraial scliooling at Stanford, he held temporary appointments as paleontologist with the Associated and Pacific Oil Companies in San Francisco, and later, with the Cali- fornia Academy of Sciences, as an assistant in the Department of Paleontology. In 1926 he was appointed Assistant Curator in the Department of Paleontology at the Academy, which proved to be the beginning of a long and very productive association that has continued to the present tiine. At the Academy he became associ- ated with Dr. G. Dallas Hanna, a relationship that has produced many joint reports on fossil and living mollusks of the eastern Pacific. In his first years at the Academy, a Avarm friendship with Eric Knight Jordan developed, resulting in a field trip to northern Baja California, Mexico, and in tlie subsequent publication of several important papers on the paleontology of Baja California. October, 1970 nautilus 39 During a leave of absence from the Academy in 1926 he served as paleontologist with the Henry L. Doherty Mexican Government Concession, working out of Saltillo, Mexico. In 1929, again on leave from the Academy, he was employed as field geologist for the Hudson's Bay Marland Oil Company, and similarly in 1930 for the Hudson's Bay Oil and Gas Company in Alberta, Canada. In 1927 he led an Academy field party to the Channel Islands off southern California. Soon thereafter, he initiated a cooperative study of the geology and paleontology of the marine Pliocene rocks of southwestern San Diego Comity, California, with U. S. Grant. IV. This investigation continued during several succeeding field seasons and has been a principal focus of Hertlein's research over the years. Two parts of this monographic study have been pub- lished, and a third, dealing with the Pelecypoda, will soon be in press. The Hertlein and Grant association has been productive of many other significant paleontologic contributions, notably cata- logues of Pacific coast Cenozoic Brachiopoda and of Echinoidea. During the winter of 1931-32, Hertlein was a member of the expedition of the VELERO III to the tropical eastern Pacific. As a result of this cruise, he made extensive collections of inverte- brates from the Galapagos Islands and from nearshore areas along the Mexican and Central American coasts. At the request of William Beebe, Hertlein and A. M. Strong worked up the vast molluscan collections from the eastern Pacific obtained in the period 1936-38 by the Templeton Crocker and Zaca expeditions of the New York Zoological Society. This led to a period of in- tensive collaborative study of the molluscan faunas of the tropical eastern Pacific; all told, more than 230 new molluscan taxa were described in a series of joint publications extending from the 1930's into the mid-1950's. Interspersed with his current research on the San Diego Pliocene has been his continuing descriptive study of fossil and living mol- lusks and echinoids from the eastern Pacific Ocean. As one of the world's leading authorities on monomyarian pelecypods, particu- larly the Pectinidae, he has contributed significantly to the Bivalvia volume of the Treatise on Invertebrate Paleontology. In 1949 he became Associate Curator in t'le Department of Pale- ontology at tlie California Academy of Sciences; in 1962 he was appointed Curator of Invertebrate Paleontology. He also has held 40 NAUTILUS Vol. 84 (2) ^==fe <7l^)4^yCiA.ia^7^^ an appointment, since 1953, as geologist (WAE) with the U.S. Geological Sui"vey. A member of the American Malacological Union since its founding, Leo has served as vice-president (1965- 66) and president (1966-67) , and was elected to Honorary Life Membership in July 1970. In 1968 he was the recipient of a special award, "in recognition of outstanding contributions to the study of MoUusca," from the Pacific Division of the American Malacolog- kal Union. Hertlein was made a Life Member of the California October. 1970 nautilus 41 Academy of Sciences in 1941; he was elected a Fellow in 1952. He formally retired in mid- 1969 but actively pursues his molluscan studies as Curator Emeritus in the Academy's Department of Geology. Hertlein's bibliography includes about 150 titles. In these are found descriptions of almost 500 new invertebrate taxa. His funda- mental contributions to Cenozoic invertebrate paleontology (mol- lusks, echinoids, brachiopods) of the Pacific Coast states and Mexi- co and to the knowledge of modern molluscan faima of the eastern Pacific are widely known and recognized. Perhaps equally impor- tant, but not so well known, are his countless contributions to paleontological, geological, malacological, and even archaeologi- cal reports by others — in the form of lists of invertebrates, age determinations, and faunal correlations. Among his unsung con- tributions may also be listed his many contacts with young paleon- tologists and malacologists who have benefited from his untiring help and enthusiastic encouragement with their research projects. Hertlein's publications stand as models of diorough and pain- staking scientific investigation, special qualities that have charac- terized all aspects of his scientific career. The high quality of his reports, at once obvious to anyone who has had occasion to refer to them, is the result of meticulous searching of all pertinent litera- ture, and, wherever possible, solicitation and careful weighing of the views of associates. As a curator, his high standards are clearly reflected by the ex- pertly and meticously maintained invertebrate type collections in the Academy's Department of Geology as well as by the carefully arranged and labeled general collections of fossil and living in- vertebrates. Leo lives in San Francisco with his wife, Margaret, a teacher of speech and dramatics in the Adult Education Division of the San Francisco School System, whom he married in 1940. During leisure time, they enjoy music, literature, and the theatre. Their vacations often consist of visits to various national and state parks. Leo is an avid sports fan, particularly interested in professional football. As a hobby he is accumulating information on coloration in nature. 42 NAUTILUS Vol. 84 (2) TAXA PROPOSED IN HONOR OF LEO GEORGE HERTLEIN FROM 1926 TO 1969 Compiled by Barry Roth and others Turbonilla (Pyrgiscus) hertleini Jordan, 1926 Coscinodiscus hertleini Hanna & Grant, 1926 (diatom) Triceratium hertleini Hanna, 1927 (diatom) Pterin hertleini Wiedey, 1928 Pecien (Chlamys) hertleini Loel & Corey, 1932 Fusinus hertleini Lowe, 1935 Helminthoglypta hertleini Hanna & Smith, 1937 Odostomia (Salassia) hertleini Strong, 1938 Exilioidea rectrostris hertleini Bentson, 1940 Flabellum hertleini 'DvLrh2im,\9^2. (coral) I. eptastrea hertleini Ti\\xh-dV(\,\9A2 (coral) Suavodrillia hertleini Durham, 1944 Cypraea hertleini Ingram, 1948 Rissoella hertleini Smith & Gordon, 1948 Hertleinia Marks, 1949, not Hertleinia Imlay, 1957 Basterotia hertleini Durham, 1950 Semele hertleini Durham, 1950 Lyrodes hertleini Drake, 1956 Ensitellops hertleini Emerson & Puffer, 1957 Hertleinella Berry, 1958 Hertleinites Imlay, 1958, new name for Hertleinia Imlay, 1957, not Marks, 1949 Hertellina Olsson, 1961 (mollusk) Eurytellina {Eurytellina) hertleini Ohson, \96\ Pitar (Hyphantosoma) Jiertleini Olsson, 1961 Polygyra (Erymodon) hertleini Haas, 1961 Gabbiocerns //er/Zezn/ Wiedmann, 1962 Lima (Acesta) hertleini Olsson, 1964 Sthenoiytis hertleini Olsson, 1964 Roetica hertleini Kanakoff, 1966 Leochlamys MacNcil, 1967 Cetolepas hertleini ZuWo, 1969 (barnacle) Hindsiclava hertleini Emerson & Radwin, 1969 Ostrea hertleini Adegoke, 1969 October, 1970 nautilus 43 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF LEO GEORGE HERTLEIN FOR THE PERIOD OF 1925-1970 Bv Warren O. Addicxiit U.S. Geological Survey, Menlo Park, California 94025 1925a. *New species of marine fossil Mollusca from western North America: Southern California Acad. Sci. Bull., v. 24, pt. 2, p. 39- 46, pis. 3-4. 1925b. *Pectens from the Tertiary of Lower California: California Acad. Sci. Proc, ser. 4, v. 14, no. 1, p. 1-35, pis. 1-6. 1925c. (and Crickmay, C. H.) A summary of the nomenclature and stratigraphy of the marine Tertiary of Oregon and Washington: Am. Philos. Soc. Proc, v. 64, no. 2, p. 224-282. 1926a. * (with Jordan, E. K.) Contribution to the geology and paleontology of the Tertiary of Cedros Island and adjacent parts of Lower California, in Expedition to the Revillagigedo Islands, Mexico, in 1925: California Acad. Sci. Proc., ser. 4, v. 15, no. 14, p. 409-464, pis. 27-34. 1926b. * (with Jordan, E. K.) A Pliocene fauna from Maria Madre Island, in Expedition to the Revillagigedo Islands, Mexico, in 1925: California Acad. Sci. Proc, ser. 4, v. 15, no. 4, p. 209-217. 1927a. * (and Jordan, E. K.) Paleontology of the Miocene of Lower California: California Acad. Sci. Proc, ser. 4, v. 16, no. 19, p. 605-647, pis. 17-21. 1927b. * (with Hanna, G. D.) VI. Geology and paleontology, in Expedition of the California Academy of Sciences to the Gulf of California in 1921: California Acad. Sci. Proc, ser. 4, v. 16, no. 6, p. 137-157, pi. 5. 1927c. (with Hanna, G. D.) Notes on Ostrea californica Marcou: Nautilus, V. 41, no. 2, p. 45-46. 1928a. *Pecten {Patinopecten) lohri, new name for Pecten oweni Arnold, a Pliocene species from California: Nautilus, v. 41, no. 3, p. 93-94. 1928b. *Preliminary report on the paleontology of the Channel Islands, California: Jour. Paleontology, v. 2, no. 2, p. 142-157, pis. 22-25. 1929a. The geology and paleontology of the Pliocene of San Diego, California (abs.) : Stanford Univ. Bull., ser. 5, p. 81-85. 1929b. *A new Pecten from the San Diego Pliocene: California Acad. Sci. Proc ser. 4, v. 18, no. 5, p. 215-216, pi. 24, figs. 10-11. 1929c. *Three new specific names for West American fossil Mol- lusca: Jour. Paleontology, v. 3, no. 3, p. 295-297. I929d. * (with Hanna G. D.) A new species of land snail from Coahuila, Mexico: California Acad. Sci. Proc, ser. 4, v. 18, p. 219-220, pi. 24, figs. 5-6. • Papers in which new tax a are described. 44 NAUTILUS Vol. 84 (2) 1931a. Additional Pliocene and Pleistocene fossils from Lower California: Jour. Paleontology, v. 5, no. 4, p. 365-367. 1931b. *Changes of nomenclature of some Recent and fossil Pectinidae from Japan, Porto Rico, South America, New Zea- land, and California: Jour. Paleontology, v. 5, no. 4, p. 367-369. 1932a. Gastrocopta miinita on South Seymour Island, Galapagos Group: Nautilus, v. 46, no. 2, p. 69-70. 1932b. Mollusks and barnacles from Malpelo and Cocos Island: Nautilus, V. 46, no. 2, p. 43-45. 1933a. Additions to the Pliocene fauna of Turtle Bay, Lower California, with a note on the Miocene diatomite: Jour. Paleon- tology, V. 7, no. 4, p. 439-441. 1933b. *A new gryphaeoid oyster from the Eocene of California: San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist. Trans., v. 7, no. 22, p. 277-280, pi. 18, figs. 5-6. 1933c. Some of the common rocks of the San Francisco Bay Region: Aquarium Jour., v. 6, p. 106-107. 1933d. *Three preoccupied names in the Pectinidae: Nautilus, V. 47, no. 2, p. 62-64. 1933e. * (with Strong. A. M., and Hanna, G. D.) Marine Mollusca from Acapulco, no. 10 in The Templeton Crocker Expedition of the California Academy of Sciences, 1932: California Acad. Sci. Proc, ser. 4, v. 21, no. 10, p. 117-130, pis. 5-6. 1934a. *New oysters and a new pecten from the Tertiary of Cali- fornia: Southern California Acad. Sci. Bull., v. 33, pt. 1, p. 1-6, pis. 1-2. 1934b. * Pleistocene mollusks from the Tres Marias Islands, Cedros Island, and San Ignacio Lagoon, Mexico: Southern California Acad. Sci. Bull., v. 33, pt. 2, p. 59-73, pi. 21. 1 934c. (with Webb, J. B.) Zones in the Alberta Shales ("Benton Group") in the foothills of southwestern Alberta: Geol. Soc. America Proc. for 1933, p. 377-378. 1934d. (with Webb, J. B.) Zones in Alberta Shale ("Benton" Group) in foothills of southwestern Alberta: Am. Assoc. Petroleum Geologists Bull., v. 18, no. 11, p. 1387-1416, 6 figs. 1935a. Notes on the Pectinidae of Hawaii: Nautilus, v. 49, no. 1, p. 27-29. 1935b. *The Recent Pectinidae, no. 25 in The Templeton Crocker Expedition of the California Academy of Sciences, 1932: Cali- fornia Acad. Sci. Proc, ser. 4, v. 21, no. 25, p. 301-328, pis. 18-19. 1935c. (with Hanna, G. D.) Longevity of Mitra in captivity: Nautilus, V. 48, no. 3, p. 90-91. 1936a. Introduction, in Jordan, E. K., The Pleistocene fauna of Magdalena Bay, Lower California: Stanford Univ., Dept. Geol- ogy'Contr., V. 1, no. 4, p. 107-110. 1936b. The dates of publication of "C. H. Kuster and W. Kobelt's Monograph of Spondyhis und Pecten" in volume 7, part 2, of October, 1970 nautilus 45 the "Systematisches Conchvlien-Cabinet": Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 10, V. 17, no. 97, p. 158-160. 1936c. *Three new sections and rectifications of .some specific names in the Pectinidae: Nautilus, v. 50, nos. 1 and 2, p. 24- 27, 54-58. 1936d. * (with Palmer, R. H.) Marine Pleistocene mollusks from Oaxaca, Mexico: Southern California Acad. Sci. Bull., v. 35, pt. 2, p. 65-81, Pis. 18-19. 1937a. A correction (to footnote p. 25, Nautilus, v. 50, no. 1, 1936) : Nautilus, v. 50, no. 3, p. 106-107. 1937b. *Haliotis koticki, a new species from the lower Miocene of California: Southern California Acad. Sci. Bull., v. 36, pt. 3, p. 93-97, pi. 42. 1937c. A note on some species of marine mollusks occurring in both Polynesia and the western Americas: Am. Philos. Soc. Proc, V. 78, no. 2, p. 303-312, pi. 1. 1937d. * (with Strong, A. M.) New species of Recent mollusks from the coast of western North America, no. 35 in The Tem- pleton Crocker Expedition of the California Academy of Sci- ences, 1932: California Acad. Sci. Proc, ser. 4, v. 22, no. 6, p. 159-178, pis. 34-35. 1938a. Note on the range of Pecten cauriniis Gould: Nautilus, V. 51, no. 4, p. 144. 1938b. * (with Grant, U. S., IV) Brissopsis blanpiedi, a new species of echinoid from the medial Tertiary of Mississippi: Am. Midland Naturalist, v. 19, no. 2, p. 482-486, 1 pi. 1938c. * (with Grant, U. S., IV) The west American Cenozoic Echinoidea: California Univ., Los Angeles, Pubs. Math. Phys. Sci., V. 2, 225 p.. 29 pis, 17 figs. 1938d. * (with Hanna, G D.) New Tertiary mollusks from west- ern North America: Jour. Paleontology, v. 12, no. 1, p. 106-110, pi. 21. 1938e. (with Hanna, G D.) Land and brackish water Mollusca of Cocos Island: Hancock Pacific Exped. Rept., v. 2, no. 8, p. 123-135, text-fig. 1939a. (and Grant, U. S., IV) Geology and oil possibilities of southwestern San Diego County, California: California Jour. Mines and Geology, v. 35, p. 57-78, 8 figs. 1939b. * (and Strong, A. M.) Marine Pleistocene mollusks from the Galapagos Islands: California Acad. Sci. Proc, ser. 4, v. 23, no. 24, p. 367-380, pi. 32. 1939c * (with Hanna, G D.) Campanile greenellum, a new species from the early Eocene of California: Jour. Paleontology, v. 13, no. 1, p. 100-102, 2 text-figs. I939d. * (with Strong, A. M.) Marine Mollusca from Panama collected by the Allan Hancock Expedition to the Galapagos Islands. 1931-1932: Southern California Univ. Pubs. Allan Han- 46 NAUTILUS Vol. 84 (2) cock Pacific Exped. Repts., v. 2, no. 12, p. 177-245, pis. 18-23. 1939e. (with Grant, U. S., IV) A summary of the west American Cenozoic Echindoidea: Sixth Pacific Sci. Conf. (abs.) Geology, p. 23-24. 1940a. Addition to the range of Pecten caurinus Gould: Nautlius, V. 54, no. 2, p. 68-69. 1940b. * (and Strong, A. M.) Mollusks from the west coast of Mexico and Central America, pt. I in Eastern Pacific expeditions of the New York Zoological Society: Zoologica, New York, v. 25, pt. 4, p. 369-430, pis. 1-2. 1941a. A summary of the knowledge regarding the faunal area of tropical West America, with special reference to mollusks, in Hill, H. W., ed.. Proceedings of the dedicatory exercises, Hancock Hall, The Allan Hancock Foundation for Scientific Research at the University of Southern California: Southern California Univ., Univ., Univ. Chron. Ser., no. 7, p. 21-24. 1941b. (with Grant, U. S., IV) Pliocene correlation chart: Cali- fornia Div. Mines Bull. 118, p. 201-202. 1941c. * (with Hanna, G D.) Characteristic fossils of California: California Div. Mines Bull. 118, p. 165-182, figs, (pis.) 60-67. 1943a. (and Grant, U. S., IV) Southwestern San Diego County: California Div. Mines Bull. 118, p. 367-369, fig. 152. 1943b. * (and Strong, A. M.) Mollusks from the west coast of Mexico and Central America, pt. II, in Eastern Pacific expedi- tions of the New York Zoological Society: Zoologica, New York, V. 28, pt. 3, p. 149-168, pi. 1. 1944a. * (and Grant, U. S., IV) The Cenozoic Brachiopoda of western North America: California Univ., Los Angeles, Pubs. Math. Phys. Sci., v. 3, p. 1-236, pis. 1-21, 34 figs. 1944b. (and Grant, U. S., IV) The geology and paleontology of the marine Pliocene of San Diego, California, Part 1, Geology: San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist. Mem., v. 2, p. 1-72, pis. 1-18. 1945a. * (and Strong, A. M.) Changes in the nomenclature of two West American marine bivalve mollusks: Nautilus, v. 58, no. 3, p. 105. 1946a. * (and Strong, A. M.) Mollusks from the west coast of Mexico and Central America, pt. Ill, in Eastern Pacific expedi- tions of the New York Zoological Society: Zoologica, New York, V. 31, pt. 2, no. 5, p. 53-76, pi. 1. 1946b. * (and Strong, A. M.) Mollusks from die west coast of Mexico and Central America, pt. IV, in Eastern Pacific expedi- tions of the New York Zoological Society: Zoologica, New York, V. 31, pt. 3, no. 8, p. 93-120,' pi. 1. i947a. * (and Strong, A. M.) Mollusks from the west coast of Mexico and Central America, pt, V, in Eastern Pacific expedi- tions of the New York Zoological Society: Zoologica, New York, V. 31, pt. 4, no. 10, p. 129-150, pi. 1. October, 1970 nautilus 47 1947b. * (and Strong, A. M.) Description of a new species of Trophon from the Gulf of California: Southern California Acad. Sci. Bull., v. 46, pt. 2, p. 79-80, text-figs. (1948). 1947c. * (with Strong, A. M.) A new name for a West American Cyclostrcina: Nautilus, v. 61, no. 1, p. 31. 1948a. Note on West American species of Condylocardia: Nau- tilus, V. 61, no. 3, p. 106. 1948b. * (and Strong, A. M.) Mollusks from the west coast of Mexico and Central America, pt. VI, in Eastern Pacific expedi- tions of the New York Zoological Society: Zoologica, New York, V. 33. pt. 4, no. 13, p. 163-198, pis. 1-2. 1948c. A brief review of tropical west American bivalves: Am. Malacol. Union News Bull, and Ann. Rept. for 1947, p. 9-10. 1948d. Remarks on checklists: Am. Malacol. Union News Bull, and Ann. Rept. for 1947, p. 15. 1949a. Letter from Division of Foreign Quarantine (Federal) on im}X)rting preserved specimens: Conchological Club Southern California, Minutes no. 95, p. 2. 1949b. * (and Strong, A. M.) Note on the nomenclature of two marine gastropods from the Galapagos Islands: Nautilus, v. 62, no. 3, p. 102. 1949c. * (and Hanna, G D.) Two new species of Mytilopsis from Panama and Fiji: Southern California Acad. Sci. Bull., v. 48, pt. 1, p. 13-18, 1 pi. 1949d. * (and Strong, A. M.) Mollusks from the west coast of Mexico and Central America, pt. VII, in Eastern Pacific expedi- tions of the New York Zoological Society: Zoologica, New York, V. 34, pt. 2, no. 9, p. 63-97, pi. 1. 1949e. * (and Strong, A. M.) Mollusks from the west coast of Mexico and Central America, pt. VIII, in Eastern Pacific expedi- tions of the New York Zoological Society: Zoologica, New York, V. 34, pt. 4, no. 19, p. 239-258, pi. 1. 1949f. * (with Hanna, G D.) Two new species of gastropods from the middle Eocene of California: Jour. Paleontology, v. 23, no. 4, pp. 392-394, pi. 77, figs. 1-2. 1950a. Photography of new species of tropical west American marine gastropods: Am. Philos. Soc. Yearbook, 1949, p. 147-148. 1950b. Some early records of West American marine mollusks: Am. Malacol. Union News Bull, and Ann. Rept. for 1949, p. 21. 1950c. * (and Strong, A. M.) Mollusks from the west coast of Mexico and Central America, pt. IX, in Eastern Pacific expedi- tions of the New York Zoological Society: Zoologica, New York, V. 35, pt. 4, no. 19, p. 216-252, pis. 1-2. 1951a. *Description of a new pelecypod of the genus Anadara from the Gulf of Mexico: Texas Jour. Sci., v. 3, no. 3, p. 486- 489, 7 figs. 1951b. *Descriptions of two new species of marine pelecypods 48 NAUTILUS Vol. 84 (2) from west Mexico: Southern California Acad. Sci. Bull., v. 50, pt. 2, p. 68-75, pis. 24-26. 1951c. Invertebrate fossils and fossil localities in the San Francisco Ray area, in Geologic Guidebook of the San Francisco Bay Counties: California Div. Mines Bull. 154, p. 187-192, figs. 1-2. 195 Id. * (and Strong, A. M.) Description of three new species of marine gastropods of West Mexico and Guatemala: South- ern California Acad. Sci. Bull., v. 50, pt. 2, p. 76-80, pi. 26. I951e. * (and Strong, A. M.) Descriptions of two new species of marine gastropods from West Mexico and Costa Rica: South- ern California Acad. Sci. Bull., v. 50, pt. 3, p. 152-155, pi. 51. 195 If. * (and Strong, A. M.) Mollusks from the west coast of Mexico and Central America, pt. X, in Eastern Pacific expedi- tions of the New York Zoological Society: Zoologica, New York, V. 36, pt. 2, no. 5, p. 67-1 20) pis. 1-11. 1952a. *Description of a new pelecypod of the genus Lima from deep water off Central California: California Acad. Sci. Proc, ser. 4, V. 27, no. 2, p. 377-381, pi. 20, figs. 12-13. 1952b. *Newaagia, new name for Phillippiella Waagen: Jour. Paleontology, v. 26, no. 2, p. 275. 1953a. Note on Turrifella goniostoma vs. T. hroderipiona: Con- chological Club Southern California, Minutes no. 126, p. 14. 1953b. * (and Emerson W. K.) Mollusks from Clipperton Island (Eastern Pacific) with the description of a new species of gastropod: San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist. Trans., v. 11, no. 13, p. 345-362, pis. 26-27. 1954a. Note on a rare species of Strombiis from Guam (S. taiirus Reeve) : Conchological Club Southern California, Minutes no. 141, p. 8. 1954b. Ocenebra erinaceoides and allied species: Am. Malacol. Union, Pacific Div., Ann. Rept. 1954, p. 29-30. 1954c. (and Grant, U. S. IV) Geology of the Oceanside-San Diego coastal area, southern California, Art. 4, Chap. 2, in Jahns, R. H., ed., Geology of southern California: California Div. Mines Bull. 170, p. 53-63, figs. 1-6. 1955a. Marine mollusks collected at the Galapagos Islands during the voyage of the "Velero III," 1931-32. Essays in Nat. Sci. in honor of Capt. Allan Hancock, Los Angeles: p. 111-145, 1 pi. 1955b. * (and Strong, A. M.) Marine mollusks collected during the "Askoy" expedition to Panama, Colombia, and Ecuador in 1941: Am. Mus. Nat. Hist. Bull., v. 107, art. 2, p. 159-318, 3 pis. 1956a. Cretaceous ammonite of Franciscan Group, Marin County, California: Am. Assoc. Petroleum Geologists Bull., v. 40, no. 8, p. 1985-1988, 1 pi. 1956b. * (with Grant, U. S. VI) Scliizaster morlini, a new species of echinoid from the Pliocene of Imperial County, California: Southern California Acad. Sci. Bull., v. 55, pt. 2, p. 107-110, pi. 29. October, 1970 nautilus 49 1956c. (and Emerson. W. K.) Marine Pleistocene invertebrates from near Puerto Penasco, Mexico: San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist. Trans., v. 12, no. 8, p. 154-178, pi. 12, 2 maps. 1957a. Pliocene and Pleistocene fossils from the southern portion of the Gulf of California: Southern California Acad. Sci. Bull., V. 56, pt. 2, p. 57-75, pi. 13. 1957b. Lewis W. Sloat, pioneer conchologist in California: Am. Malacol. Union Ann. Rept. for 1956, p. 7-8. 1957c. (and Emerson, \V. K.) Additional notes on the inverte- brate fauna of Clipj^erton Island (Eastern Pacific) : Am. Mus. Novitates, no. 1859, p. 1-9, 1 fig. 1958a. *Descriptions of new species of marine mollusks from west Mexico: Southern California Acad. Sci. Bull., v. 56, pt. 3, p. 107-112, pi. 21. 1959a. Notes on California oysters: Veliger, v. 2, no. 1, p. 5-10, pi. 2. 1959b. * (and Allison, E. C.) Pliocene marine deposits in north- west Baja California, Mexico, with the description of a new species of Acatithina (Gastropoda) : Southern California Acad. Sci. Bull., V. 58, pt. 1, p. 17-26, 8 pis. 1959c. (and Emerson, W. K.) Pliocene and Pleistocene megafos- sils from the Tres Marias Islands, pt. 5 in Results of the Puritan- American Museum of Natural History Expedition to Western Mexico: Am. Mus. Novitates, no. 1940, 15 p., 5 figs. 1959d. (with Hanna, G D.) Marine shells of Middleton Island, Alaska: Nautilus ,v. 72 ,no. 3, p. 78-84, pi. 10. 1960a. *Description of a new species of gastropod from Easter Island: Southern California Acad. Sci. Bull., v. 59, pt. 1, p. 19-21, 1 pi. 1960b. The subfamily Drupinae (Gastropoda) in the eastern Pacifiic: Veliger, v. 3, no. 1, p. 7-8. 1960c. (and Allison, E. C.) Gastropods from Clipperton Island: Veliger, v. 3, p. 13-16. 1960d (and Allison, E. C.) Species of the genus Cypraea from Clipperton Island: Veliger, v. 2, no. 4, p. 94-95, pi. 22. 1960e. * (and Grant, U. S., IV) The geology and paleontology of the marine Pliocene of San Diego, California, pt. 2a, Paleon- tology (Coelenterata, Bryozoa, Brachiopoda, Echinodermata) : San' Diego Soc. Nat. Hist. Mem., v. 2, p. 73-133, pis. 19-26. 1960f. (and Smith, Allyn G.) Mollusks from Mountain Lake, San Francisco, California: Veliger, v. 2, no. 3, p. 48-51. 1960g. (with Emerson, W. K.) Pliocene and Pleistocene inver- tebrates from Punta Rosalia, Baja California, Mexico: Am. Mus. Novitates, no. 2004, p. 1-8, 3 figs. 1961a. Comments on the proposal to place the generic name Gari Schumacher,, 1817, on the official list unemended: Zool. Nomenclature Bull., v. 18, pt. 5, p. 299. 50 NAUTILUS Vol. 84 (2) 1961b. *A new species of Siliqua (Pelecypoda) from western North America: Southern California Acad. Sci. Bull., v. 60, pt. 1, 12-19, 2 pis. 1961c. Review of Nickles, Maurice, 1955, Scaphopodes et lamel- libranches recoltes dans I'ouest Africain: Veliger, v. 3, no. 3, p. 89. 196 Id. Review of Scarlato, O. A., 1960, Bivalve mollusks of the far eastern seas of the USSR (Order Dysodonta) : (in Russian) . Veliger, v. 3, no. 4, p. 116. 1961e. Review of Csepreghy-Meznerics, I., 1960, Pectinid^s du N^ogene de la Hongrie et leur importance biostratigraphique: Veliger, v. 4, no. 1, p. 53-54. 196 If. * (with Hanna, G D.) Large species of Terebra (Mol- lusca) from the eastern Pacific: California Acad. Sci. Proc, ser. 4, V. 30, no. 3, p. 67-80, pis. 6-7. 1961g. (with Hanna, G D., and Smith, A. G.) A memorial tribute to Philip Pearsall Carpenter: Am. Malacol. Union Ann. Rept. for 1960, p. 9-10. 1962a. Mollusks of Cocos Island: Am. Malacol. Union Ann. Rept. for 1962, p. 30. 1962b. *A new species of columbellid gastropod from Easter Is- land: Southern California Acad. Sci. Bull., v. 61, pt. 4, p. 247- 248, 3 figs. 1962c. Review of Ferreira, C. S., 1960, Contribuigao a paleon- tologia do estado Para. Revisao da Familia Pectinidae da For- magao Pirobas (Mioceno Inferior) com a descripgao de novas esp^cies: Veliger, v. 5, no. 1, p. 60. 1962d. Review of Smith, Allyn G., 1961, Four species of chitons from the Panamic province (Mollusca: Polyplacophora) : Veli- ger, v. 4, no. 4, p. 219. 1962e. Review of Soot-Ryen, Tron, 1959, Reports of the Lund University Chile Expedition 1948-1949. 35. Pelecypoda: Veliger, V. 5, no. 2, p. 99. 1963a. Contributions to the biogeography of Cocos Island, includ- ing a bibliography: California Acad. Sci. Proc, ser. 4, v. 32, no. 8, p. 219-289, 4 figs. 1963b. *A new species of giant Lima from off Southern California (Mollusca: Pelecypoda) : California Acad. Sci. Occas. Paper 40, p. 1-6, 3 figs. 1963c. Note on the type locality of Pecten loxoides Sowerby: Hawaiian Shell News, v. 12, no. 2, p. 1, 2 figs. 1964a. Note concerning the date of issue of Arnold's monograph on the Pliocene and Pleistocene of San Pedro [California]: Veliger, v. 6, no. 3, p. 172. 1964b. Review of Barnard, K. H., 1964, Contributions to the knowledge of the South African marine Mollusca. Part V. Lamellibranchiata: Veliger. v. 7, no. 2, p. 153-154. October. 1970 nautilus 51 1964c. Review of Dey, A. K., 1961, The Miocene Mollusca from Quilon, Kerala [India]: Veliger, v. 6, no. 4, p. 231. I964d. From the Academy collections: California Acad. Sci. News- letter, May, 1964, 1 p. (no pagination) . 1964e. Review of Weisbord, Norman E., 1964, Late Cenozoic pelecypods from northern Venezuela: Veliger, v. 7, no. 1, p. 58. 1964f. * (with Emerson, W. K.) Invertebrate megafossils of the Belvedere Expedition to the Gulf of California: San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist. Trans., v. 13, no. 17 ,p. 333-368, figs. 1-6. 1965a. *A new genus of gastropod (Drupinae) from the Pliocene of Oregon and California: California Acad. Sci. Occas. Paper 49, 5 p., 4 figs. 1965b. Review of Dell, R. K., 1964, Antarctic and Subantarctic Mollusca: Amphineura, Scaphopoda and Bivalvia: Veliger, v. 8, no. 1, p. 43-44. 1965c. Review of Fleming, C. A., 1962, On the Hawaiian scal- lops of the genus Pecten Muller (Pelecypoda) : Veliger, v. 7. no. 3, p. 203. 1966a. * Pliocene fossils from Rancho El Refugio, Baja California, and Cerralvo Island, Mexico: California Acad. Sci. Proc, ser. 4, V. 30, no. 14, p. 265-284, figs. 1-17. 1966b. Review of Boreham, A. U. E. (Mrs. G. H. Scott) , 1965, A revision of F. W. Hutton's pelecypod species described in the Catalogue of Tertiary Mollusca and Echinodermata (1873) : Veliger, v. 8, no. 3, p. 204. 1966c. Review of Soot-Ryen, Tron, 1966, Revision of the pelecy- pods from the Michael Sars North Atlantic DeepSea Expedi- tion 1910 with notes on the Verticordiidae and other interesting species: Veliger, v. 9, no. 2, p. 253. 1966d. (and Allison, E. C.) Additions to the molluscan fauna of Clipperton Island: Veliger, v. 9, no. 2, p. 138-140. 1967a. Review of Klappenbach, Miguel A., 1965, Lista preliminar de los Mytilidae Brasilenos con claves para su determinaci6n y notas sobre su distribuci6n: Veliger, v. 9, no. 3, p. 358. 1967b. Review of Odhner, N. H., 1960, Mollusca (from below 4000 meters in the Atlantic) : Reports of the Swedish DeepSea Expedition 1947-1948: Veliger, v. 10, no. 2, p. 205. 1968a. *Tellina ulloana, a new' species from Magdalena Bay, Baja California, Mexico: Veliger, v. 11, no. 1, p. 80. 1968b. Three late Cenozoic molluscan faunules from Baja Cali- fornia, with a note on diatomite from west of San Felipe: Cali- fornia Acad. Sci. Proc., ser. 4, v. 30, no. 19, p. 401-405. 1968c. Review of Fleming, C. A., 1966, Marwick's illustrations of New Zealand shells, with a checklist of New Zealand Cenozoic Mollusca: Veliger, v. 10, no. 3, p. 295. 1968d. Review of KaufFman, Erie G., 1967, Cretaceous Thyasira from the Western Interior of North America: Veliger, v. 10 no. 3, p. 294. 52 NAUTILUS Vol. 84 (2) 1968e. Review of Knudsen J., 1967, The Deep-Sea Bivalvia. The John Murray Expedition 1933-34, Scientific Reports: Veliger, V. 11. no. 2, p. 149-150. 19681. * (and Allison, E. C.) Descriptions of new species of gas- tropods from Clipperton Island: California Acad. Sci. Occas. Paper 66, 13 p., 13 figs. 1969a. Review of Matthews, H. R., and Rios, E. C, 1967, Segunda contribuigao ao inventario dos moluscos marinlios do nordeste Brasileiro: Veliger, v. 12, no. 2, p. 234-235. 1969b. Review of Maes, V. O., 1967, The littoral marine mollusks of Cocos- Keeling Islands (Indian Ocean) : Veliger, v. 12, no. 2, p. 235. 1969c. Review of Mongin, Denise, 1968, Les pectinides du Mio- cene de al Guadeloupe (Antilles Francaises) : Veliger, v. 12, no. 2, no. 2, p. 235. 1969d. (and L. R. Cox and N. D. Newell) Superfamily Pec- tinacea, in L. R. Cox, et al., Treatise on Invertebrate Paleon- tology, Part N, V. 1, Mollusca 6, Bivalvia, pp. N 333-N 373, illus. 1969e. Fossiliferous boulder of early Tertiary age from Ross Is- land, Antarctica. Antarctic Jour. U. S., vol. 4, no. 5, p. 199-200, 5 figs. 1970a. *A new species of fossil Kelletia (Mollusca: Gastropoda) from the Lomita Marl, late Cenozoic of San Pedro, California. Contributions in Science, Los Angeles Co. Mus., no. 190, p. 1-8, figs. 1-3. NAMES PROPOSED BY LEO GEORGE HERTLEIN FROM 1925 TO 1970 By BARRY ROTH California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco, California 94118 Each entry in this alphabetical list contains (1) the taxon as originally proposed, (2) the authors' names, where authorship was shared by Hertlein and another worker, and (3) the original reference, correlating with the bibliography of Hertlein's works which appears in this issue of The Nautilus. For example, "1944a" refers to the first title listed in the bibliography under 1944, "1944b" refers to the second title under that year, and so forth. abietis Jordan & Hertlein, Pecten (Plagioctenium) 1926b: p. 214, pi. 23, figs. 1, 3, 7. academica Strong 8c Hertlein, Turbonilla (Cingulina) 1939d: p. 205, pi. 19, fig. 14. Acanthotrophon Hertlein & Strong 19511: p. 86. Type-species by original designation: Trophon (Acanthotrophon) sorenseni Hert- lein & Strong. October, 1970 nautilus 53 aguerrex'erei Hanna & Hertlein, Holospira 1929d: p. 219, pi. 24, figs. 5, 6. alarconi Hertlein k Strong, Rissoina 1951 f: p. 109, pi. 8, fig. 12. aletes, Pecten (Pecten) 1925b: p. 8, pi. 2, figs. 1, 2 . aletes Hertlein R: Strong, Pilar (Hyplwntosoma) 1948b: p. 172, pi. 1, figs. 9, 11-13. alexi Hertlein k Grant, Eohemithiris 1944a: p. 55, pi. 3, figs. 4, 7-9; text fig. 10. nllyneana Hertlein & Hanna, Mytilopsis 1949c: p. 14, pi. 4, figs. 5-8. allyniana Hertlein & Strong, Cymatosyrinx 1951 f: p. 77, pi. 1, fig. 7. amandi, Pecten (Chlamys) 1935b: p. 305; new name for Pecten australis Philippi, 1845, not Sowerby, 1842. amandi Strong &: Hertlein, Turbonilla (Pyrgiscus) 1939d: p. 202, pi. 19, fig. 7. amandusi Hertlein & Jordan, Cypraea 1927a: p. 628, pi. 18, fig. 1; pi. 19, figs. 1, 4, 5. amiriana Hertlein & Strong, Turbonilla (Pyrgiscus) 19511: p. 94, pi. 6, fig. 7. Anatipopecten 1936c: p. 26. Type-species by original designation: Pecten anatipes Morton. angermanni Hertlein & Jordan, Ostrea 1927a: p. 621, pi. 17, figs. 3, 6. arenaense Hertlein & Strong, Bittium (Lirobittium) 19511: p. 107, pi. 7, fig. 8. arenensis Hertlein & Strong, Cymatosyrinx 1951f: p. 76, pi. 1, fig. 17. arenica Hertlein &: Strong, Tellina (Moerella) 1949d: p. 68, pi. 1, figs. 5, 11. armstrongi Hertlein & Strong, Lioglyphostoma 1955b: p. 230, pi. 3, fig. 12. arnoldi Hertlein & Grant, Terebratalia 1944a: p. 119, pi. 11, figs. 1-3, 10-15. asaedai Hertlein & Strong, Cymatosyrinx 19511: p. 78, pi. 1, fig. 4. ashleyi, Ostrea 1934a: p. 1, pi. 1, figs. 2, 3; pi. 2, fig. 1. askoyana Hertlein 8: Strong, Tellina (Eurytellina) 1955b: p. 197, pi. 3, figs. 3, 13-15, 20, 21, 23. atollica Hertlein & Allison, Succinea 19681: p. 10, fig. 11. augustinensis, Calliostoma 1928b: p. 154, pi. 25, figs. 4, 5. axeliana Hertlein & Strong, Rissoina 19511: p. 109, pi. 3, fig. 6. ayamana Hertlein & Strong, Turbonilla (Pyrgiscus) 19511: p. 96, pi. 6, fig. 14. azteca Strong & Hertlein, Odostomia (Miralda) 1939d: p. 207, pi. 18, fig. 10. bahiahondaense Strong &: Hertlein, Caecum 1939d: p. 219, pi. 20, fig. 10. bailyi Hertlein & Strong, Circulus 19511: p. Ill, pi. 9, figs. 2, 6, 9. bakeri Hertlein & Strong, Aspella 1951d: p. 79, pi. 26, figs. 1, 2. 54 NAUTILUS Vol. 84 (2) bakeri Strong & Hertlein, Circulus 1939d: p. 240, pi. 21, figs. 14, 15; pi. 22, fig. 1. bakeri Hanna & Hertlein, Pecten (Patinopecten) 1927b: p. 153, pi. 5, fig. 1. balboai Strong & Hertlein, Liotia 1939d: p. 236, pi. 21, figs. 3, 5, 6. ballenaensis Hertlein & Strong, Crassispira turricula 1951f: p. 73, pi. 11, figs. 4, 11. barbati Hanna & Hertlein, Cerithium 1938d: p. 108, pi. 21, figs. 7-9. bartschi Strong & Hertlein, Cydostrema 1939d: p. 240, pi. 21, figs. 12, 13, 16. bartschi Strong 8c Hertlein, Eulimostraca 1937d: p. 170, pi. 35, fig. 7. bartonella Strong & Hertlein, Turbonilla (Pyrgiscus) 1939d: p. 203, pi. 19, fig. 8. baughmani, Anadara 1951a: p. 487, figs. 1-7. beali, Pecten (Pecten) 1925b: p. 10, pi. 2, fig. 3; pi. 5, fig. 8. Bechtelia Emerson ic Hertlein 1964f: p. 360. Type-species by original designation: Gyrineum strongi Jordan. beebei, Cardita spurca 1958a: p. 107, pi. 21, figs. 3, 4, 12-14. beebei Hertlein & Strong, FissureUa 19511: p. 113, pi. 10, figs. 3-5. beebei Hertlein & Strong, Trophon (Boreotrophon) 1947b: p. 80, pi. 18, figs. 1, 2. beltiana Hertlein & Strong, Turbonilla (Careliopsis) 1951 f: p. 91, pi. 6, fig. 3. biolleyi Hertlein & Strong, Pecten (Leptopecten) velero 1946a: p. 60, pi. 1, fig. 6. biolleyi Hertlein & Strong, Turbonilla (Pyrgiscus) 1951 f: p. 98, pi. 3, fig. 2. blanpiedi Grant & Hertlein, Brissopsis 1938b: p. 484, figs. 5, 6, 8-10. bonita Strong, Hanna & Hertlein, Calliostoma 1933e: p. 121, pi. 5, figs. 5, 6. bonita Strong & Hertlein, Strombina I937d: p. 169, pi. 35, fig. 9. bosei Hanna & Hertlein, Pecten (Pecten) 1927b: p. 154, pi. 5, figs. 2. 3. bosei Hertlein & Jordan, Turritella 1927a: p. 634, pi. 21, figs. 1, 2. bourgeoisae, Tagelus (Mesopleura) 1951b: p. 73, pi. 26, figs. 5, 6. bristolae Hertlein & Strong, Calotrophon 1951f: p. 87, pi. 2, fig. 2. brujae Hertlein & Strong, Crassispira 1951f: p. 74, pi. 1, fig. 18. burchi Hertlein & Strong, Cytharella 1951f: p. 79, pi. 1, fig. 6. burckhardti Hertlein & Jordan, Terebra 1927a: p. 632, pi. 21, fig. 6. burgeri Grant & Hertlein, Echinoneus 1938c: p. 104, pi. 22, figs. 1-3, 6; pi. 23, figs. 6, 7. calli, Pecten (Plagioctenium) 1925b: p. 16, pi. 4, figs. 5-7. callidus, Pecten (Plagioctenium) 1925b: p. 22, pi. 5, figs. 1, 3, 5, 6. October, 1970 nautilus 55 Calotrophon Hertlein & Strong 1951 f: p. 87. Type-species by original designation: Calotrophon bristolae Hertlein & Strong. cambodicus, Pectcn 1936c: p. 56; new name for Pecten fimbriatus Mansuy, 1912, not Philippi, 1844, nor Moore, 1870. caneloemis Hertlein & Strong, Natica 1955b: p. 287, pi. 2, figs. 13, 18. caneloemis Hertlein & Strong, Odostomia (Besla) 1951f: p. 102, pi. 7, fig. 3. casseli Grant & Hertlein, Dendraster 1938c: p. 81, pi. 1, figs. 1-3; pi. 30, fig. 3. cedrosense Hertlein & Strong, Dentalium (Rhabdus) 1951 f: p. 69, pi. 11, fig. 9. cedrosensis Jordan & Hertlein, Epitonium 1926a: p. 446, pi. 30, fig. 3. chacei Hertlein & Strong, Crassispira 1951 f: p. 73, pi. 1, fig. 12. chinandegana Hertlein Sc Strong, Turbonitla (Pyrgiscus) 1951 f: p. 97, pi. 5, fig. 3. chiquita Hertlein & Strong, Hemitonia 1951 f: p. 113, pi. 10, figs. 2, 7, 10. cholutecana Hertlein & Strong, Turbonilla (Pyrgiscus) l951f: p. 97, pi. 5, fig. 5. churchi, Alectrion 1928b: p. 156, pi. 22, fig. 1. clarionense Hertlein & Strong, Cardium (Laevicardium) 1947a: p. 144, pi. 1, figs. 5-7, 14. clarionensis Hertlein & Strong, Ctena 1946b: p. 118, pi. 1, figs. 11, 12, 14. clarionensis Hertlein & Strong, Turritella 1951 f: p. 108, pi. 2, fig. 13. clippertonensis Hertlein & Emerson, Clanculus (Panocochlea) 1953b: p. 354, pi. 27, figs. 19, 20, 22. clippert07iensis Hertlein &: Allison, Latinis ]968f: p. 9, figs. 9, 10. clippertonensis Hertlein & Allison, Turbonilla (Pyrgisculns) 1968f: p. 6, fig. 5. colima Strong & Hertlein, Natica 1937d: p. 174, pi. 35, figs. 12, 13, 16. colimana Hertlein & Strong, Turbonilla (Pyrgiscus) 1951 f: p. 94, pi. 6, fig. 5. colimanum Hertlein & Strong, Epitonium (Punctiscala?) 1951 f: p. 90, pi. 3, fig. 14. condoni, Pecten (Amusium) 1925a: p. 41, pi. 4, figs. 8, 9. Condonia 1965a: p. 1. Type-species by original designation: Sistrum hannai Howe. contrerasi Jordan & Hertlein, Epitonium 1926a: p. 446, pi. 30, fig. 4. contrerasiana Hertlein & Strong, Turbonilla (Strioturbonilla) 1951f: p. 102, pi. 5, fig. 13. cooperella Hertlein &: Grant, Cyclothyris 1944a: p. 63; new name 56 NAUTILUS Vol. 84 (2) Watdheimia imbricata Cooper, 1894, not Tenison-Woods, 1865. coreyi Grant & Hertlein, Lytechinus 1938c: p. 24, pi. 20, fig. 7. coreyi Hertlein & Grant, Terehratula 1944a: p. 87, pi. 4, figs. 12- 16; text fig. 21. corintoensis Hertlein & Strong, Odostomia (Chrysallida) 1951f: p. 104, pi. 8, fig. 11. corintonis Hertlein & Strong, Balcis (Balcis) 1951f: p. 90, pi. 6, fig. 1. corintonis Hertlein & Strong, Turbonilla (Strioturbonilla) 1951f: p. 101. pi. 4, fig. 1. corteziensis, Ostrea 1951b: p. 68, pi. 24, figs. 1, 2; pi. 26, fig. 7. costaricensis Hertlein & Strong, Odostomia (Chrysallida) 1951f: p. 103. pi. 7, fig. 9. Costelloleda Hertlein & Strong 1940b: p. 398. Type-species by original designation: Nucula costellata Sowerby. cowlesi Strong & Hertlein, Turbonilla (Strioturbonilla) 1939d: p. 196, pi. 19, fig. 3. craneana Hertlein & Strong, Elaeocyma 1951 f: p. 75, pi. 1, fig. 2. craneana Hertlein & Strong, Semele 1949e: p. 241, pi. 1, figs. 19, 22. crickmayi Palmer & Hertlein, Polinices 1936d: p. 77, pi. 19, figs. 12, 14. crickmayi Strong & Hertlein, Turbonilla (Pyrgiscus) 1939d: p. 200, pi. 19, fig. 10. cristobalensis, Pecten (Plagioctenium) 1925b: p. 19, pi. 3, figs. 1, 2, 5. Crockerella Hertlein & Strong 1951 f: p. 78. Type-species by origi- nal designation: Clathurella crystallina Gabb. crockeri Strong & Hertlein, Cardium (Papyridea) 1937d: p. 161, pi. 34, figs. 1. 2, 7, 10. crockeri Hertlein & Strong, Solen 1950c: p. 225, pi. 1, figs. 3, 5, 7. crockeri Hertlein & Strong, Strombinoturris 1951f; p. 84, pi. 1, fig. 9. dallasi Jordan & Hertlein, Epitonium 1926a: p. 447, pi. 30, fig. 2. dallasi Jordan & Hertlein, Pecten (Chlamys) 1926b: p. 213, pi. 23, figs. 2, 5, 6, 8. das-guptai, Pecten (Chlamys) tauroperstriata var. 1936c: p. 55; new nanie for Chlamys tauroperstriata var. spinosa Das-Gupta, 1924, not Pecten spinosus Brown, 1827. Dendopecten 1936c: p. 26. Type-species by original designation: Pecten dendyi Hutton. dibbleei Hertlein & Grant, Hemithiris 1944a: p. 46, figs. 5, 6. diegensis Hertlein & Grant, Laqueus vancouveriensis 1960e: p. 97, pi. 20, figs. 4, 8-21. dilloni Hanna & Hertlein, Campanilopa I949f: p. 393, pi. 77, figs. 2, 4; text fig. 1. diminutivus Hertlein & Jordan, Pecten (Plagioctenium) 1927a: p. 623. October, 1970 nautilus 57 domingana Hertlein & Strong, Turhonilla (Pyrigiscus) 1951 f: p. 93, pi. f). fig. 6. drangai Hertlein & Strong, Balcis (Vitreolina) 1951f: p. 91, pi. 6, fig- 2. diimbauldi Hanna & Hertlein, Terebra 1961 f: p. 77, pi. 6, fig. 2; pi. 7, figs. 2, 5. durhami Hanna & Hertlein, Segmentina 1938d: p. 109, pi. 21, figs. 3-5. durhamianinn Hertlein & Strong, Epitonium (Nitidiscala) 1951f: p. 89, pi. 3, fig. 9. eiseni Strong & Hertlein, Cerithiopsis 1939d: p. 216, pi. 20, fig. 6. eiseni Strong &: Hertlein, Modiolus 1937d: p. 160, pi. 34, figs. 11, 14-16. ekidana Hertlein & Strong, Turhonilla (Pyrgiscus) 1951 f: p. 99, pi. 4, fig. 8. emersoni Hertlein & Allison, Acanthina 1959b: p. 22, pi. 8, fig. 1. englekyi, Ostrea 1928b: p. 143, pi. 25, fig. 1. (mglerti, Pisania 1960a: p. 19, pi. 7, figs. 1, 2. Eogiyphus Hertlein &: Grant 1944a: p. 88. Type-species by original designation: Eogryphus tolmani Hertlein & Grant. Eohemithiris Hertlein & Grant 1944a: p. 55. Type-species by original designation: Eohemithiris alexi Hertlein & Grant. ericana Hertlein & Strong, Crassispira 1951f: p. 74, pi. 1, fig. 11. ericana Hertlein & Strong, Rissoina (Folinia) 1951 f: p. 109, pi. 8, fig. 10. ericellus, Pecten (Plagioctenium) 1929b: p. 215, pi. 24, figs. 10, 11. erici Strong & Hertlein, Liotia 1939d: p. 237, pi. 21, fig. 9. erici, Ostrea 1929c: p. 295. erminiana Hertlein ^ Strong, Clathurella 1951 f: p. 71, pi. 1, fig. 8. etchegoini Hertlein & Grant, Terebratalia arnoldi 1944a: p. 122, pi. 10, figs. 5, 9-11. eucorrugata, Ostrea titan 1934a: p. 5; new name for Ostrea titan corrugata Nomland, 1917, not O. corrugata Brocchi, 1814, nor. O. corrugata Hutton, 1873. evermanni Jordan k Hertlein, Pecten (Plagioctenium) 1926a: p. 439 pi. 27, fig. 1. fayae, Acmaea turveri 1958a: p. 112, pi. 21, figs. 5-7. fernandezensis Hertlein & Strong, Area (Area) 1943b: p. 154; new name for Area angulata King & Broderip, 1832, not Meuschen, 1787. fernnndoensis, Pecten (Pseudamusium) vancouverensis 1925a: p. 43, pi. 4, figs. 6, 7. fonsecana Hertlein & Strong, Mactra (Micromactra) 1950c: p. 232, pi. 2, figs. 16, 19, 20. freudenbergi Hertlein & Jordan, Ostrea 1927a: p. 622, pi. 17, fig. 9; pi. 18, fig. 4. frizzelli Hertlein & Strong, Pi tar (Lamelliconcha) 1948b: p. 176, pi. 1, figs. 1. 5, 7; pi. 2, fig. 11. 58 NAUTILUS Vol. 84 (2> galapagana Hertlein 8c Strong, TransenneUa 1939b: p. 378, pi. 32, figs. 1-3. 6, 7. galapagana Hertlein k Strong, Vanikoro 1951 f: p. 110, pi. 11, figs. 7, 8. gallegosi Strong fe Hertlein, Nassarius 1937d: p. 166, pi. 35, fig. 11. gallegosi, Odostomia (Jordaniella) 1934b: p. 67, pi. 21, fig. 3. gallegosi, Jordan & Hertlein, Pecten (Lyropecten) 1926a: p. 434, pi. 29, fig. 1. gailegosiana Hertlein & Strong, Odostomia (Evalea) 195 If: p. 104, pi. 8, fig. 1. garthi Strong & Hertlein, Turbonilla (Pyrgiscus) 1939d: p. 199, pi. 19, fig. 9. gissleri Strong & Hertlein, Cerithiopsis 1939d: p. 216, pi. 20, fig. 7. gissleri Strong & Hertlein, Epitonium (Nitidiscala) 1939d: p. 194, pi. 18, fig. 8. gordana Hertlein 8: Strong, Cyclostrema 1951f: p. 110, pi. 9, figs. 3, 4, 7. gordanus Hertlein k Strong, Nassarius insculptus 1951 f: p. 81, pi. 8, fig. 6. gordoniana Hertlein Sc Strong, Turbonilla (Pyrgiscus) 1951 f: p. 99, pi. 5, fig. 1. granti, Placunanomia 1928b: p. 148, pi. 23, figs. 7-9. greenellum Hanna 8: Hertlein, Campanile 1939c: p. 101, fig. 1. grewingki, Chlamys mediacostata 1966a: p. 276, fig. 12. grossaforma, Cucullaea 1929c: p. 296; new name for Cucullaea ponderosa Whiteaves, 1900, not Hutton, 1873. gruberi Hertlein k Strong, Turbonilla (Pyrgiscus) 1951f: p. 100, pi. 4, fig. 3. grunskyi, Pecten (Chlamys) 1929c: p. 296. guanacastense Hertlein 2c Strong, Cardium (Americardia) 1947a: p. 140. guanacastensis Hertlein &: Strong, Cerithiopsis 1951f: p. 106, pi. 7, fig. 10. guanacastensis Hertlein k Strong, Turbonilla (Pyrgiscus) 1951 f: p. 97, pi. 5, fig. 11. guatulcoensis Hertlein k Strong, Cerithiopsis 1951 f: p. 106, pi. 7, fig. 7. guatulcoensis Hertlein Sc Strong, Chione (Chione) 1948b: p. 182, pi. 1, figs. 2, 4, 6, 10; pi. 2, figs. 1, 8, 12, 13. guatulcoensis Hertlein & Strong, Odostomia (Chysallida) 1951f: p. 103, pi. 7, fig. 2. guatulcoensis Hertlein Sc Strong, Turbonilla (Mormula) 1951f: p. 92, pi. 6, fig. 9. guerreroensis Strong 8: Hertlein, Anachis 1937d: p. 169, pi. 35, fig. 4. haasi Hertlein Sc Strong, Mactra (Micromactra) macescens 1950c: p. 231; new name for Mactra (Micromactra) macescens var. October, 1970 nautilus 59 elongata Haas, 1942, not Mactra elongata Quoy & Gaimard, 1835. hakei, Pecten (Plas^iocteniiim) 1925b: p. 18, pi. 4, figs. 1, 3. haleyi, Ostrea 1933b: p. 277, pi. 18, hgs. 5, 6. haleyi Strong & Hertlein, Turbonilln (Strioturbonilla) 1939d: p. 198, pi. 19, fig. 2. hambachi Strong & Hertlein, Delphinoidea 1939d: p. 243, pi. 22, figs. 8-10. hambachi, Ocenebra sloati 1958a: p. 109, pi. 21, figs. 10, 11. hancocki Hertlein & Strong, "Mangelia" 1939b: p. 375, pi. 32, fig. 9. hancocki Strong & Hertlein, Megaloniphahis 1939d: p. 235, pi. 23, figs. 1-4. hancocki Strong & Hertlein, Pyraniidella (Pyramidella) 1939d: p. 195, pi. 18, fig. 12. hannai Strong & Hertlein, Delphinoidea 1939d: p. 242, pi. 22, figs. 5-7. hannai Grant & Hertlein, Paleoechinoneus 1938c: p. 105, pi. 23, figs. 4, 5. hannana Hertlein & Strong, Anachis coronata 1951f: p. 82, pi. 2, fig. 3. hannibali Hertlein & Jordan, Calliostoma 1927a: p. 626, pi. 21, figs. 8, 9. hannibali, Chrysodomus 1925a: p. 42, pi. 4, fig. 4. hannibali Hertlein & Grant, Discinisca cumingii 1944a: p. 29, pi. 16, figs. 7, 8, 11. hannibali Jordan & Hertlein, Placunanomia 1926a: p. 443, pi. 28, figs. 2-4. harfordi Strong & Hertlein, Mitrella 1937d: p. 167, pi. 35, fig. 15. hartmanni Hertlein & Jordan, Macron 1927a: p. 629, pi. 18, fig. 2; pi. 21, fig. 5. hartmanjii, Pecten (Pecten) 1925b: p. 8, pi. 1, figs. 4, 6. hazuleyi, Pecten (Pecten) 1925a: p. 40, pi. 4, figs. 4, 5. healeyi Strong & Hertlein, Strombiforrnis 1939d: p. 195, pi. 18, fig. 7. heimi Hertlein & Jordan, Cymia 1927a: p. 627, pi. 18, fig. 5. heimi Strong Sc Hertlein, Liotia 1939d: p. 238, pi. 21, figs. 4, 7. heimi, Pecten (Pecten) 1925b: p. 9, pi. 1, fig. 3; pi. 3, fig. 3. hemphilli Hertlein & Strong, Latirus 1951 f: p. 79, pi. 2, fig. 4. hemphilli Hertlein 8: Strong, Lima (Limaria) 1946a: p. 66, pi. I, figs. 3, 4. hemphilli Strong & Hertlein, Teinostoma 1939d: p. 244, pi. 23, figs. 5, 8, 11. herbertiana Hertlein & Strong, Teinostoma 1951 f: p. 112, pi. 9, figs. 8, 11, 12. hewitti Hanna & Hertlein, Ampullella 1949f: p. 393, pi. 77, figs. 1, 3; text fig. 2. hilli Hertlein 8c Strong, Crockerella 1951 f: p. 79, pi. I, fig. 16. 60 NAUTILUS Vol. 84 (2) Hindsiclava Hertlein & Strong 1955b: p. 227. Type-sp€cies by original designation: Pleiirotoma militaris Hinds in Reeve. hodgei, Pecten (Chlamys) 1925a: p. 42, pi. 4, figs. 1, 2. holmani Grant & Hertlein, Paleopneustes 1938c: p. 112, pi. 25, figs. 1, 2. howei Hanna & Hertlein, Megasurcula 1938d: p. 107, pi. 21, figs. 10, 12, 13. howelli Hertlein & Strong, Fusiturricula 1951f: p. 72, pi. 8, fig. 8. hubbardi, Pecten (Chlamys) portoricensis var, 1931b: p. 368; new name for Pecten (Chlamys) portoricensis var. grandis Hubbard, 1920, not P. grandis Sowerby,1828. humboldti Hertlein Sc Strong, Cyclostremiscus 1951f: p. 110, pi. 10, fig. 1. imperialis Hertlein & Jordan, Rapana 1927a: p. 631, pi. 20, fig. 1. incantata Hertlein & Strong, Odostomia (Miralda) 1939b: p. 374, pi. 32, fig. 19. inezensis Hertlein & Strong, Taras (Taras) 1947a: p. 130, pi. 1, figs. 1, 4. ingrami Hertlein & Strong, Alvania} 195 If: p. 108, pi. 7, fig. 6. israelskyi Jordan &: Hertlein, Astrodapsis 1926a: p. 424, pi. 27, figs. 4, 6. israelskyi Grant Sc Hertlein, Lenita 1938c: p. 49, pi. 8, figs. 6, 7, 9. israelskyi Strong & Hertlein, Turbonilla (Careliopsis) 1939d: p. 204, pi. 19, fig. 13. isthmica Strong & Hertlein, Odostomia (Evalea?) 1939d: p. 208, pi. 18, fig. 13 (not pi. 19, fig. 12, as stated). jenkinsi Hertlein & Grant, Discinisca 1944a: p. 30, pi. 16, figs. 5, 6. jordani, Buccinum 1925a: p. 41, pi. 3, fig. 3. jordani Hertlein & Grant, Terebratalia 1944a, p. 125, pi. 12, figs. 1. 3, 4, 6. 7. kanakoffi, Kelletia 1970a: p. 1, figs. 1-3. keepi Strong & Hertlein, Trophon 1937d: p. 170, pi. 35, fig. 8. kelseyi Hertlein & Strong, Lithophaga plumida 1946a: p. 75, pi. 1, figs. 8, 9. kernensis, Pecten (Patinopecten) 1925a: p. 40, pi. 4, fig. 3. kewi Jordan & Hertlein, Astrodapsis 1926a: p. 425, pi. 27, figs. 2, 3. kewi Grant & Hertlein, Brissus 1938c: p. 128, pi. 12, figs. 1, 2. kleinpelli Grant & Hertlein, Echinarachnius gabbii 1938c: p. 60; new name for Scutella gabbi var. tenuis Kew. 1915, not Echinar- achnius tenuis Yoshiwara, 1898. kochi Strong & Hertlein, Iselica 1939d: p. 227, pi. 19, fig. 11. koticki, Haliotis 1937b: p. 94, pi. 42, figs. 1, 2. lamberti Grant & Hertlein, Orchoporus 1938c: p. 52, pi. 9, figs. 3, 6. lanieri Strong & Hertlein, Cuspidaria 1937d: p. 162, pi. 34, fig. 8. liana Hertlein & Strong, Tellina 1945a: p. 105; new name for October. 1970 nautilus 61 Tellina "panmncnsis Li. 1930"[=T. panamanensis Li, 1930], not T. panomensis Philippi, 1818. lillisi, Pecten (Pseudamusium) 1934a: p. 5, pi. \, fig. 1; pi. 2, figs. 2, 3. lirnbaughi Hertlein & Allison, Odostomia (CIn-ysalUda) 1968f: p. 5, fig. 4. liriopc Hertlein & Strong, Atys (Aliculastnim) 1951f: p. 71, pi. 8, fig. 2. loeli Hertlein & Grant, Discinisca 1944a: p. 35, pi. 2, fig. 19; text fig. 4. loeli, Ostrea 1928b: p. 144, pi. 22, figs. 2, 3. lohri Strong & Hertlein, Micranclhim 1939d: p. 225, pi. 20, figs. 12, 13. lohri, Pecten (Patinopecten) 1928a: p. 93: new name for Pecten (Patinopecten) oxveni Arnold, 1906, not Pecten oweni De Gre- gorio, 1884. lowei Hertlein & Grant, Argyrotheca 1944a: p. 95, text fig. 23. loxoei, Pecten (Chlamys) 1935b: p. 308, pi. 19, figs. 1, 2, 7, 8. loxoei Strong & Hertlein, Volvulella 1937d: p. 164, pi. 35, fig. 2. lucasann Strong & Hertlein, Nuciilana 1937d: p. 160, pi. 34, figs. 9, 12, 13. lucasana Hertlein & Strong, Petricoln (Petricoln) 1948b: p. 194, pi. 2, figs. 4, 9. hicasensis Strong & Hertlein, Cohibraria 1937d: p. 173, pi. 35, fig. 17. Mocrarene Hertlein Sc Strong 1951f: p. 110. Type-species by origi- nal designation: Liotia (Arene) californica Dall. mandannaensis, Pecten 1936c. p. 58; neAv name for Pecten (Varia- mussiiim) yiikonense Lees, 1934, not P. (Entolium) yiikonensis Smith, 1927. niarizanillense Hertlein & Strong, Epitonium (Asperiscala) 1951f: p. 88, pi. 3, fig. 13. marelln Hertlein, Hanna & Strong, Nuciilana (Costelloleda) 1940b: p. 399, pi. 2, figs. 12, 13. marksi Hertlein & Strong, Strombina 1951 f: p. 84, pi. 2, fig. 7. marshi Strong & Hertlein. Triphora 1939d: p. 209, d1. 20, figs. 2, 3. martensiana Hertlein & Strong, Scissilabra 1951f: p. Ill, pi. 9, figs. 1, 5, 10. 7nasayana Hertlein & Strong, Turboyiilla (Strioturbonilla) 195H: p. 101, pi. 4, fig. 4. mazallanica Hertlein &: Strong, Area (Anadara) 1943b: p. 156, pi. 1, figs. 1, 4. mccullochae Strong & Hertlein, Cyclostrema 1939d: p. 239, pi. 21, figs. 8, 10, 11. mcguirei Strong & Hertlein, Turbonilla (Strioturbonilla) 1939d: p. 197, pi. 19, fig. 1. meanguerensis Hertlein Sc Strong, Turbonilla (Pyrgolarnpros) 1951 f: p. 100, pi. 4, fig. 6. 62 NAUTILUS Vol. 84 (2) mediamericanus Hertlein & Strong, Latirus 1951f: p. 80, pi. 11,. figs. 3, 10. menkeni Hanna ^z Hertlein, Macoma 1938d: p. 106, pi. 21, figs. mexicanus Hertlein & Strong, Pilar (Pitarella) 1948b: p. 171, pi. 1, figs. 3, 8. miguelensis, Ostrea 1928b: p. 146, pi. 23, figs. 3-6. milleri Grant & Hertlein, Lytechinus"? 1938c: p. 24, pi. 15, figs. .1, 2. milleriana Hertlein & Strong, Alvania 1951e: p. 154, pi. 51, fig. 4. Miogryphus Hertlein & Grant 1944a: p. 95. Type-species by original designation: Miogryphus willetti Hertlein & Grant. modulatus, Pecten (Lyropecten) 1925b: p. 11, pi. 3, fig. 6. montezumai Strong 'k Hertlein, Cerithiopsis l939d: p. 217, pi. 20, fig. 8. mori, Lima (Acesta) 1952a: p. 379, pi. 20, figs. 12, 13. morickei, Pecten 1936c: p. 55; new name for Pecten tenuicostatus Hupe, 1854, not Mighels & Adams, 1841. morlini Grant & Hertlein, Schizaster 1956b: p. 107, pi. 29, figs. 1-8. Morunella Emerson & Hertlein 1964f: p. 361. Type-species by original designation: Buccinum lugubre Adams. muir-woodsi Hertlein & Grant, Discinisca 1944a: p. 32; new name for Patella laevis J. Sowerby, 1816, not Pennant, 1777, not Gmelin, 1791. nahuatliana Hertlein & Strong, Turbonilla (Strioturbonilla) 1951f: p. 101, pi. 5, fig. 14. Neopleurodon Hertlein & Strong 1940b: p. 419. Type-species by original designation: Pleurodon subdolus Strong & Hertlein. Newaagia 1952b: p. 275; new name for Philippiella Waagen, 1907,. not von Martens & Pfeiffer, 1886. nicaraguana Hertlein & Strong, Turbonilla (Strioturbonilla) 1951f: p. 102, pi. 4, fig. 7. nicarasana Hertlein & Strong, Turbonilla (Chemnitzia) 1951 f: p. 92, pi. 6, fig. 8. nicholsoni Strong & Hertlein, Circulus 1939d: p. 241, pi. 22, figs. 2-4. nicoyana Hertlein & Strong, Odostomia (Menestho) 195 If: p. 105, pi. 8, fig. 3. nicoyana Hertlein & Strong, Tellina (Scissula) 1949d: p. 85, pi. U figs. 23-26. nicoyana Hertlein & Strong, Turbonilla (Pyrgiscus) 1951f: p. 96, pi. 3, fig. 4. Nioche Hertlein & Strong 1948b: p. 186. Type-species by original designation: Venus asperrima Sowerby. noetlingi, Pecten (Chlamys) prototranquebaricus var. 1936c: p. 54; new name for Pecten (Chlamys) prototranquebaricus var, pauci- costatus Vredenburg, 1928, not P. paucicostatus Carpenter, 1864. October, 1970 nautilus 63 nomlnndi, Pecten crassicardo 1931b: p. 369; new name for Peclen crassicardo biformatus Nomland, 1917, not P. biformatus Bitt- ner, 1899. Notochione Hertlein R: Strong 1948b: p. 188. Type-species by original designation: Vnms cohimbiensis Sowerby. Notocytharelln Hertlein & Strong 1955b: p. 232. Type-species by original designation: Cytliarella niobe Dall. notosyriacus, Pecten 1936c: p. 58; new name for Pecten syriacus Blanckenhorn, 1890, not Jnnira syrinca Conrad, 1852. oaxncann Hertlein &: Strong, Certthiopsis 1951f: p. 107, pi. 7, fig. 4. oaxacana Hertlein & Strong, Turbonilla (Strioturbonilla) 1951 f: p. 101, pi. 5, fig. 9. ochsneri Hertlein &: Allison, Colnbraria 1968f: p. 7, figs. 6-8. ochsneri Hertlein & Strong, Monilispira 1949b: p. 103; ne^v name for Pleurotoma bicolor Sowerby, 1834, not Risso, 1826. ochsneri Strong & Hertlein, Teinostoma 1939d: p. 244, pi. 23, figs. 6, 9, 12. octoplicoides, Pecten 1931b: p. 368; new name for Pecten octopli- catus Stanton, 1901, not Bittner, 1895. oerstedianiim Hertlein & Strong, Epitonium (Nitidiscala) 1951 f: p. 89, pi. 3, fig. 10. osborni Hertlein & Strong, Aesopus 1951f: p. 83, pi. 11, fig. 2. osunai, Ostrea californica 1966a: p. 272, figs. 2-6, 8, 9. otnirocensis Hertlein & Strong, Turbonilla (Pyrgisciis) 1951 f: p. 96, pi. 5, fig. 4. ottomoerchi Hertlein & Strong, Turbonilla (Pyrs;iscus) 19511: p. 99, pi. 4, fig. 5. ozanneana Hertlein & Strong, Turbonilla (Pyrgisciis) 19511: p. 98, pi. 5, fig. 15. Pacifipecten Emerson & Hertlein 1965a: p. 355 (error for Paci- pecten Olsson). Paleoecliinoneus Grant & Hertlein 1938c: p. 105. Type-species by original designation: Paleoechinoneiis hannai Grant & Hertlein. palmeri Strong & Hertlein, Triphora 1939d: p. 209, pi. 20, fig. 1. panamica Hertlein & Strong, Pseudoneptunea 1951 f: jj. 81, pi. 2, figs. 6, 10. Paphonotia Hertlein & Strong 1948b: p. 192. Tyf>e-species by original designation: Petricola elliptica Sowerby. paradisi Hertlein & Strong, Epitonium (Sthenorytis) 19511: p. 9€, pi. 3, fig. 7. pascua, Zafra 1962b: p. 247, figs. 1-3. paziana Hertlein & Strong, Semele 1949e: p. 247; new name for Semele regularis Dall, 1915, not E. A. Smith, 1885. pederseni Hertlein & Strong, Crockerella 19511: p. 78, pi. 1, fig. 15. percarus, Pecten (Aequipecten) 1925b: p. 13, pi. 2, figs. 2, 5. pernomus, Pecten (Cyclopecten) 1935b: p. 320, pi. 18, figs. 11-13; new name for Pecten (Cyclopecten) rotundus Dall, 1908, not P. rotundus von Hagenow, 1842. 64 NAUTILUS Vol. 84 (2) perrini Hertlein & Strong, Ceritlnopsis 1951 f: p. 106, pi. 7, fig. 5. perritn Hertlein & Grant, Discinisca 1944a: p. 36, pi. 2, figs. 14, 15. Pethopecten 1936c: p. 27. Type-species by original designation: Pecten (Chlamys) Szeremensis Petho. phaneus, Pecten tehuelchus var. 1931b: p. 368; new name for Pecten tehuelchus var. multicostata Bavay, 1906, not P. multi- costatus Nilsson, 1827, nor P. multi-costatus Reeve, 1852. phoeniciensis, Pecten 1936c: p. 58; new name for Pecten irregularis Blanckenhorn, 1934, not Sowerby, 1842, nor M'Coy, 1844. Phyllodella Hertlein &: Strong 1949d: p. 87. Type-species by monotypy: Tellijia insculpta Hanley. Politoleda Hertlein & Strong 1940b: p. 397. Type-species by original designation: Nucula polita Sowerby. portoparkerensis Hertlein & Strong, Turbonilla (Ptycheulimella) 1951f: p. 93, pi. 6, fig. 10. posuncula Hanna & Hertlein, Natica 1938d: p. 107, pi. 21, fig. 6. praevalidus Jordan & Hertlein, Pecten (Leptopecten) 1926a: p. 435, pi. 29, figs. 2, 3. pretiosus, Pecten (Lyropecten) 1925b: p. 12, pi. 2, fig. 6; pi. 3, fig. 4. proclivis Hertlein & Strong, Tellina (Merisca) 1949d: p. 83, pi. 1, figs. 6, 7, 14; new name for Tellina declivis Sowerby, 1868, not Conrad, 1834. quaylei Grant & Hertlein, Anorthoscutum oregonense 1938c: p. 93; new name for Dendraster (Calaster) oregonensis gibbosus Kew, 1920, not Dendraster hesperis gibbosus Kew, 1920. quaylei Hertlein & Grant, Terebratalia arnoldi 1944a: p. 122, pi. 17, figs. 1. 4, 7. reagani Hertlein & Grant, Hemithiris 1944a: p. 54, pi. 3, figs. 14, 17; text fig. 9. realejoensis Hertlein & Strong, Turbonilla (Cingulina) 1951 f: p. 92, pi. 5, fig. 2. recurvata Hertlein & Strong, Tellina (Moerella) 1949d: p. 71, pi. 1, figs. 2-4, 8. refugioensis, Pecten (Pecten) 1925b: p, 7, pi. 1, fig. 2; pi. 5, fig. 9. rehderi Hertlein & Strong, Anachis 1951 f: p. 83, pi. 2, fig. 14. rema Strong, Hanna & Hertlein, Calliostoma 1933e: p. 121, pi. 5. figs. 3, 4. rhizophorae Hertlein & Strong, Odostomia (Miralda) 1951f: p. 105, pi. 8, fig. 1. rhizophorae Hertlein & Strong, Turbonilla (Pyrgiscus) 1951 f: p. 98. pi. 5, fig. 12. richthofeni Strong & Herdein, Caecum 1939d: p. 224, pi. 20, fig. 11. richthofeni Hertlein &: Jordan, Chione 1927a: p. 619, pi. 17, figs. 4, 7, 8. ritteri Hertlein & Strong, Anachis 1951f: p. 82, pi. 2, fig. 11. rixjordi, Fissurella 1928b: p. 151, pi. 23, fig. 2. October, 1970 nautilus 65 roseola Hertlein &: Strong, Cymotosyrinx 1955b: p. 221, pi. 2, fig. 27. rositae, Plena 1928b: p. 150, pi. 25, fig. 3. saavedrai Hertlein & Strong, Psendochoma 1946b: p. 110, pi. 1, figs. 1, 3, 8, 10. salvadorica Hertlein & Strong, Elaeocyma I951f: p. 76, pi. 11, fig. 5. salvadorica Hertlein fe Strong, Volsella (Volsella) 1946a: p. 73, pi. 1, figs. 7, 11. saxvanensis, Pecten irituscostatus var. 1931b: p. 367; new name for Peclen irttuscostaliis var. mullicostata Yokoyania, 1926, not P. multicostalus Nilsson, 1827, nor P. multicostatus Reeve, 1852, nor P. tehuelchns var. miilticoslata Bavay, 1906. schencki Grant & Hertlein, Astrodapsis 1938c; p. 76, fig. 8. sdiencki Hanna & Hertlein, Mytilus 1938d: p. 106, pi. 21, fig. 11. schencki Hertlein & Strong, Nucula (Nucolopsis) 1940b: p. 384, pi. 1, figs. 8-10. sealei Strong & Hertlein, Turbonilla (Pyrgiscus) 1939d: p. 201, pi. 19, fig. 6. silviesi, Uptonia 1925a: p. 39, pi. 3, figs. 1, 2, 5. similaris Grant & Hertlein, Dendraster vizcainoensis 1938c: p. 90, pi. 27, figs. 1, 2; pi. 28; fig. 8. sinaloa Strong & Hertlein, Anachis 1937d: p. 168, pi. 35, fig. 6. sinomarinus, Peclen 1936c: p. 27; new name for Peclen ambiguus Bavay, 1904, not Munster in Goldfuss, 1833. slevini Strong & Hertlein, Epitonium (Asperoscala) 1939d: p. 193, pi. 18, fig. 9. sloati, Ocenebra 1958a: p. 108, pi. 21, figs. 8, 9. sloali, Siliqua 1961b: p. 14, pi. 5, figs. 1, 2; pi. 6, figs. 4-7. socorroensis Hertlein & Strong, Lalirus 195 id: p. 76, pi. 26, fig. 8. solilarius Hertlein & Allison, Cyclostremiscus 1968f: p. 2, fig. 1. soniliana Hertlein & Strong, Turbonilla (Pyrgolarnpros) 1951 f: p. 100, pi. 4, fig. 2. sorenseni Hertlein & Strong, Trophon (Acanthotrophon) 1951f: p. 86, pi. 2, fig. 1. spectri Hertlein &: Strong, Mocoma (Psammacoma) panameyisis 1949d: p. 91, pi. 1, figs. 9, 10, 16. spinulosoides, Pecten lelnielclnis var. 1931b: p. 368; new name for Pecten tehuelcJius var. spinulosa Bavay, 1906, not Pecten spinu- losus Goldfuss, 1834-1840. sphoni, Lima (Plicacesta) 1963b: p. 3, figs. 1-3. starri Hertlein &: Jordan, Crassispira 1927a: p. 626, pi. 21, fig. 7. stephensae Strong &: Hertlein, Cylichna 1939d: p. 190, pi. 18, figs. 2, 5. stevensi Grant & Hertlein, Eiipatagus 1938c: p. 134, fig. 12. stonei Hertlein & Strong, "Philbertia" 1939b: p. 375, pi. 32, fig. 8. stonei Strong & Hertlein, Turbonilla (Pyrgiscus) 1939d: p. 199, pi. 19, fig. 5. 66 NAUTILUS Vol. 84 (2> strohbeeni Hertlein & Strong, Cyrnatosyrinx 1951 f: p. 77, pi. 1,. fig. 14. Strumbinoturris Hertlein & Strong 1951 f: p. 84. Type-species by original designation: Strombinotiirris crockeri Hertlein & Strong. strongiana, Acmaea 1958a: p. 109, pi. 21, figs. 1, 2. subdolus, Pecten (Plagioctenium) 1925b: p. 20, pi. 5, figs. 2, 4, 7. sub dolus Strong & Hertlein, Pleurodon 1937d: p. 162, pi. 35, figs. 14, 18, 19. subdotella Hertlein & Strong, Odostomia (Telloda) 1951 f: p. 104, pi. 8, fig. 5. sulacana Hertlein & Strong, Turbonilla (Pyrgiscus) 1951 f: p. 95, pi. 6, fig. 12. suteri, Pecten (Chlamys) 1933d: p. 63; new name for Pecten radiatus Hutton, 1873, not Ostrea radiata Gmelin, 1791, nor P. radiatus Bosc, 1801, swansoni Hertlein & Strong, Pterynotus (Pteropurpura) 1951f: p. 85, pi. 2, figs. 8, 12. swartsi Hertlein & Jordan, Glycymeris 1927a: p. 620, pi. 17, figs. 1, 2. sxvetti Strong & Hertlein, Odostomia (Chrysallida) 1939d: p. 206,- pl. 18, fig. 11. Su'iftopecten 1935b: p. 319. Type-species by original designation: Pecten swiftii Bemardi. tabogaensis Strong & Hertlein, Cylichna (Cylichnella) 1939d: p. 191, pi. 18, fig. 4. taigai Hertlein & Strong, Circulus 1951f: p. Ill, pi. 10, figs. 6, 8, 9. tangolaensis Hertlein & Strong, Crassispira 1951f: p. 75, pi. U fig. 13. teevani Hertlein & Strong, Anachis 1951f: p. 83, pi. 2, fig. 5. teevani Hertlein & Strong, Periploma 1946b: p. 95, pi. 1, figs. 2, 6. teglandi Hanna & Hertlein, Natica 1938d: p. 108; new name for Natica dalli Tegland, 1933, not Cossmann, 1925. tehuantepecana Hertlein & Stiong, Odostomia (Evalina) 1951f: p. 105, pi. 8, fig. 7. tehuantepecana Hertlein & Strong, Turbonilla (Pyrgiscus) 1951 f: p. 99, pi. 5, fig. 7. Tellinidella Hertlein & Strong 1949d: p. 79. Type-species by original designation: Tellinides purpureus Broderip & Sowerby.. Telloda Hertlein & Strong 1951 f: p. 104. Type-species by original designation: Odostomia (Scalenostoma) dotella Dall & Bartscli. templetonis Hertlein & Strong, Turbonilla (Pyrgiscus) 1951f: p. 95, pi. 6, fig. 11. terminalis Grant & Hertlein, Echinocyamus 1938c: p. 48, figs. 5,, 6a, 6b. texta Hertlein & Strong, Atrina 1943b: p. 166, pi. 1, figs. 9, 10. tinajasensis Hanna & Hertlein, Spiroglyphus 1941c: p. 170, pi. 62„ figs. 5, 12. October, 1971) nautilus 67 toirntinn Hertlein & Strong, Epitonium (Cirsotrema) 1951f: p. 89, 'pi. S, figs. 1, 5. tolmoni Hertlein & Grant, Eog^yphus 1944a: p. 89, pi. 5, figs. 1-3, 7; pi. 18, figs. 1, 9-11; text' fig. 22. toulal Hertlein & Jordan, Sanguinolaria 1927a: p. 625, pi. 20, fig. 2. tritschi, Turritclla 1928b: p.' 156, pi. 24, figs. 2-5, 7, 8. tropicalis Hertlein & Strong, Ensis 1955b: p. 203, pi. 3, figs. 34, 35. trosti Strong & Hertlein, AmpJiithahwius 1939d: p. 228, pi. 21, fig. 2. Irosti Strong &: Hertlein, Poromya 1937d: p. 163, pi. 34, figs. 3-6. tin-vcri Hertlein & Strong, Acinaea 1951e: p. 152, pi. 51, figs. 1-3. Hirveri Hertlein &: Strong, Kylix 1951 f: p. 76, pi. 1, fig. 1. ulloana Hertlein & Strong, Cydinella kroyeri 1948b: p. 179, pi. 2, figs. 5-7. ulloana, Tellina 1968a: p. 80. ulyssi Hertlein & Strong, Turbonilla (Pyrgisciis) 1951 f: p. 96, pi. 5. fig. 10. undatoides Hertlein & Strong, Lucina 1945: p. 105; new name for Lucina iindata Carpenter, 1865, not Lamarck, 1819. uUiana Hertlein 8c Strong, Turbonilla (Pyrgisculiis) 1951 f: p. 93, pi. 5, figs. 6, 8. vetero, Pecten (Leptopecten) 1935b: p. 316, pi. 19, figs. 13, 14. veleronis Hertlein & Strong, Alvania 1939b: p. 373, pi. 32, fig. 18. veleronis Strong & Hertlein, Cyclostrema 1947c: p. 31; new name for Cyclostrema bartschi Strong & Hertlein, 1939, not Mansfield, 1930. veleronis Strong &: Hertlein, Cylichna 1939d: p. 191, pi. 18, fig. 3. -veraguaensis Strong ^ Hertlein, Alabina 1939d: p. 218, pi. 19, fig. 15. vestae Hertlein & Strong, Turbonilla (Bartschella) 1951 f: p. 91, pi. 6, fig. 4. vivesi Hertlein & Strong, Epitoniutn (Asperiscala) 1951f: p. 88, pi. 3, fig. 11. vivesi Hertlein & Strong, Turbonilla (Pyrgiscus) 195 If: p. 93, pi. 6, fig. 15. vizcainoensis Grant 8c Hertlein, Dendraster 1938c: p. 90, pi. 8, figs. 1-3. vredenburgi, Pecten (Chlaynys) 1936c: p. 55; new name for Pecten middlemissi Das-Gupta, 1924, not P. (Clilamys) middlemissH Diener, 1913. walkerianum Hertlein 8c Strong, Epitonium (Asperiscala) 1951f: p. 88, pi. 3, fig. 12. waluensis, Pecten 1933d: p. 62; new name for Pecten thomasi Mansfield, 1926, not Sowerby,1897. waringi Hertlein & Grant, Terebratulina tejonensis 1944a: p. 77, pi. 5, figs. 12-16, 21. washingtonensisHtxiXtin ^ Grant, Gryphus 1944a: p. 93, pi. 16, figs. 'l 3, 14, 16, 21. 68 NAUTILUS Vol. 84 (2) lueaveri Hertlein & Grant, Terebratulina unguicula 1944a: p. 81, pi. 6. figs. 4, 5, 8, 9; text fig. 20. xuetmorei Strong & Hertlein, Turbonilla (Pyrgisciis) 1937d: p. 172, pi. 35, fig. 1. wiedeyi, Ostrea 1928b: p. 147, pi. 23, figs. 1, 10. wigginsi Emerson & Hertlein, Cancellaria (Aphera) 1964f: p. 362, figs. 5d, 5e. willetti Hertlein & Strong, Anticlimax (SubcUmax) 1951f: p. 112, pi. 9, figs. 13-15. willetti Strong & Hertlein, Epitonium (Nitidiscala) 1937d: p. 171, pi. 35, fig. 5. willetti Hertlein & Grant, Miogryphus 1944a: p. 95, pi. 11, figs. 4-9. wittichi Hertlein & Jordan, Turritella 1927a: p. 635, pi. 21, figs. 3, 4. wittichi Hertlein & Jordan, Thais 1927a: p. 633, pi. 18, fig. 3. luoodbridgei Hertlein & Strong, Marginella 195 Id: p. 80, pi. 26, figs. 3, 4. woodbridgei Hertlein & Strong, Odostomia (Chrysallida) 1951f: p. 103, pi. 3, fig. 8. woynari Hertlein & Grant, Brisaster townsendi 1960e: p. 132, pi. 25, fig. 5; pi. 26, figs. 1-3. wrighti Jordan & Hertlein, Forreria 1926a: p. 448, pi. 32, figs. 1, 3. wurtsbaughi Strong & Hertlein, Epitonium (Nitidiscala) 1939d: p. 193, pi. 18, fig. 14. wythei, Pecteji vaiin var. 1933d: p. 63; new name for Pecten x>aun var. flabellum Cooke, 1919, not Ostrea flabellum Gmelin, 1791, nor P. flabellum Bosc, 1801, nor P. flabellum Defrance, 1825. xanti Hertlein & Strong, Crassispira 1951f: p. 74, pi. 1, fig. 3. ynezensis Hertlein & Grant, Eogryphus tolmani 1944a: p. 90, pi. 18, figs. 5, 12, 13, 18. yolettae Hertlein & Strong, Turbonilla (Pyrgiscus) 1951 f: p. 94, pi. 6, fig. 13. zaca Strong, Hanna & Hertlein, Mitra 1933e: p. 120, pi. 5, fig. 10. zacae Strong & Hertlein, Fusinus 1937d: p. 165, pi. 35, fig. 10. zacae Hertlein & Strong, Kylix 1951 f: p. 76, pi. 1, fig. 5. zacae, Pecten (Delectopecten) 1935b: p. 321, pi. 18, figs. 3-6. zacae Hertlein & Strong, Teinostoma 1951f: p. 112, pi. 10, figs. 11-13. zacae Hertlein & Strong, Tellina (Tellinella) 1949d: p. 65, pi. 1, figs. 12, 13, 17. zacae Hertlein & Strong, Turbonilla (Pyrgiscus) 195 If: p. 95, pi. 3. fig. 3. Zacatrophon Hertlein & Strong 1951 f: p. 86. Type-species by original designation: Trophon (Boreotrophon) beebei Hertlein & Strong. October, 1970 nautilus 69 zeelandoniis, Pecten 1931b: p. 369; new name ior Pccten imparicos- tatus Bavay, 1905, not Bituier, 1895. zeteki Strong & Hertlein, Barleeio 1939d: p. 228, pi. 21, fig. 1. zeteki Hertlein & Strong, Muricopsis 1951 f: p. 85, pi. 2, fig. 9. zeteki Hertlein & Hanna, Mytilopsis 1949c: p. 15, pi. 4, figs. 1-4. zeteki, Pecten (Chlarnys) 1935b: p. 306, pi. 19, fig. 9; neiv name for Pecten digitatus Hinds, 1844, not digitatum Perry, 1811. NEW PLIOCENE CHLAMYS (SWIFTOPECTEN) AND BERINGIUS FROM THE ALASKA PENINSULA By F. Stearns MacNeil 5958 Prather Drive, Fort Myers, Florida 33901 The two new species here described were collected from the upper ledge of the beach cliff at Cape Tachilni, near the western end of the Alaska Peninsula, presumably from the Tachilni Forma- tion (Pliocene) of Waldron (1961, p. 686). The collection was made by a field party of the Standard Oil Co. of California in 1967 and subsequently donated to the U. S. Geological Survey at Menlo Park, California, where it bears USGS Cenozoic loc. no. M4044. The types and one other figured specimen are deposited in the U.S. National Museum. Neither species has been found previously in Alaska although beds of the same age probably are present elsewhere in the Alaska Peninsula and around the northern border of the Gulf of Alaska. Genus Chlamys Roding 1798 Subgenus Swiftopecten Hertlein 1935 Assignment of the present new species to Siviftopecten can hardly be made without some discussion of the delimitation of the sub- genus. The type species, the Recent Chlamys (Snnftopecten) swifti (Bernardi) , is, perhaps, the most extreme member of the sub- genus as commonly construed. Similar forms are known at least as far back as the middle Miocene (Otsutsumi Formation) of north- ern Honshu, Japan (Masuda, 1959, pi. 9, fig. 1), as well as in several intermediate Pliocene and Pleistocene formations. Another group of species, and the one to ^vhich the present new species belongs, is well represented in the Pliocene of California and the Miocene and Pliocene of Japan. The California s|3ecies, which include Pecten wattsi and Pecten nutteri of Arnold (1906), are referred to Swiftopecten by recent .\merican authors. The Japan- 70 NAUTILUS Vol. 84 (2) ese counterparts comprise Pecten cosibensis Yokoyama and its various subspecies (see Masuda, 1959-b) . A few Japanese authors have referred one or the other of these forms to Swiftopecten, but they are not now so regarded by Masuda (1962, p. 149) , the fore- most of the modern Japanese students of pectinids. Grant and Gale (1931) , on the other hand, placed P. cosibensis Yokoyama and P. heteroglypta Yokoyama, the latter now generally regarded as a subspecies of P. cosibensis, in the synonymy of two California species. The Otsutsumi Formation contains another species, Pecten (Swiftopecten?) otutumiensis Nomura and Hatai, that probably is referable to Swiftopecten. One Oligocene species, Chlamys kitamurai Kotaka, that could likewise belong to the subgenus. Masuda (1960, p. 380) concluded that typical Swiftopecten was descended from Nanaochlamys Hatai and Masuda and could not, therefore, be construed as a subgenus of Chlamys. The P. cosibensis group he referred to Chlamys. In the writer's opinion, neither of these groups is related to Nanaochlamys but represent two distinct sections of Chlamys (Swiftopecten). A possible third group, wliich is more closely related to C. (S.) swifti than to C. (5.) cosibensis, is represented by C. (S.) donmilleri MacNeil from the middle Miocene of Alaska and C. (S.) parmeleei (Dall) from the Plio- cene of California. There is no rule or policy that restricts a generic name to a sin- gle phylogenetic lineage. Some multilinear diversification must be admitted in every genus and the limits of such diversification must be entirely arbitrary. The assignment of the present species to Swiftopecten is made with the conviction, therefore, that it does not belong to the group represented by the type species, but to a parallel group of common ancestry and of sufficient morphological similarity to be included in Swiftopecten. Chlamys (Swiftopecten) leohertleini MacNeil, n. sp. figs. 1-3 Description: Shell of medium size, moderately inflated, slightly higher than long. Apical angle moderately broad and nearly sym- metrical, possibly broader in young juveniles. Ears moderately large; anterior ear broad, byssal sinus narrow and of moderate depth; posterior ear with a nearly vertical posterior margin. Dorsal margins subequal in length, posterior margin straight, anterior October, 11)70 nautilus 71 margin very weakly concave. Juvenile sculpture discordant and irregular, right valve with about 8 primary fascicles, each con- sisting of from 3 to 7 secondary riblets of unequal size and spacing, left valve with primary lirations corresjxjnding to interfascicular areas of right valve and broad irregularly lirate interspaces cor- responding to fascicles of right valve. Adult sculpture consisting on the right valve of irregular and poorly defined plications re- sulting from the fusion of the secondary riblets at the first growth varix; left valve with more sharply rounded and weakly nodose plications, some of the secondary lirations of the juvenile stage developing unevenly as secondai-y and tertiary plications. Growth varices stronger and more widely spaced on young stages, about 3 on medium sized individuals, about 6 on large sf>ecimens. Ears sculptured with moderately strong ribs and interspaces of about equal width. Byssal fasciole with growth lines only. Discussion: The only fossil reported previously from Alaska that bears any resemblance to diis species is a fragment (MacNeil, 1967, pi. 8, fig. 9) from the middle part of the section (supposedly Pliocene) of Tugidak Island and referred, with other fragments, to Chlamys {"Chla?)iys") aff. C. ("C") trinitiensis MacNeil. Chlamys (Sioiftopecten) leohertleini has a wider apical angle and more irregular sculpture than either C. (S.) cosibensis (Yoko- yama) or the most closely related California species, C. (5.) mttteri (Arnold) . Furthermore, there is more discordance between the juvenile and adult sculpture of C. (S.) leohertleini than in any other known species of the subgenus. Dimensions: The holotype (U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. no. 646461) measures: height, 69.5 mm., length, 64.5 mm. The smaller figured left valve (U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. no. 646462) measures: height, 61 mm., length, 53.5 mm. The largest specimen collected, a right valve with 6 growth varices, measures: height, 94 mm., length, 89 mm. Genus Beringius Dall 1879 The genus Beringius, as presently construed, would seem to defy generic description. All species assigned to the genus have a prominent protoconch of 4 to 5 whorls which ranges from narrowly conical to nearly straight. The ribs range from very strong and crudely T-shaped to nearly obsolete. Some species have well de- fined curved axial ribs whereas other species have no suggestion of axial ribs. The suture ranges from weakly appressed to deeply 72 NAUTILUS Vol. 84 (2) sunken. Some species have well defined shoulders whereas other species are bulbous and rounded. The strong, swollen siphonal fasciole that characterizes the typical section of the genus is weak or absent on some other species assigned to the genus. Neverthe- less, one gets the distinct impression that the species now included in Beringiiis are closely related and that if the genus is ever sub- divided the new taxon or taxa will remain as subgenera of Beringius. As with numerous other cold water gastropod genera, Beringius appears to be undergoing major evolutionary change and diversification at the present time. Beringius hertleini MacNeil, n. sp. figs. 4-5 Desaiption: Shell of medium size for the genus; spire mod- erately high; protoconch unknown; body whorl moderately rounded, early whorls less rounded; sutures weakly incised; shoulders moderately narrow, subtabulate and sloping, sub- tended by an upturned blunt collar; aperture subrounded, more swollen anteriorly; inner lip curved with a moderately thick cal- lus; siphonal notch moderately indented, siphonal fasciole mod- erately inflated and curved. Sculpture consisting of crude spiral ribs which are stronger on the spire whorls, about 4 to 5 on the early whorls and about 10 to 12 on the body whorl, those on the body whorl tending to become nearly obsolete in the most advanced stage. Growth lines irregular in both size and spacing. Discussion: Although clearly distinct, B. hertleini is more closely related to the type species, B. crebricostatus (Dall) than to any other described species of the genus. Both species have strong to moderately strong spiral ribs and no axial ribs, and on both species the uppermost spiral sets off a shoulder concavity. All other known species of the genus have rounded shoulders and axial ribs of varying strength (See Smith, 1959) . The spiral ribs of B. hertleini are weaker than those of B. crebricostatus, much weaker on the body whorl, and they have no tendency to be T-shaped. The spire is lower on B. hertleini and the sutures are less sunken. The whorls are more inflated and the siphonal fasciole is more prominent. A possible undescribed early relative of this species occurs in the lower part of the Yakataga Formation (horizon probably middle Miocene) along the northern Gulf of Alaska. The Yaka- October. 1970 NAUTILUS 73 Figs. 1-2. Chluiiiys (Su'lftopecU'iij holicrtleini MacNeil, n. sp. Right and left valves of holotyiie. Fig. 3. .Same, left valve. Figs. 4-5. Beringius liertlciui MacNeil. ii. sj). A]H-ilinal and rear views of iioloty])e. 74 NAUTILUS Vol. 84 (2) taga species is more slender but the gradual weakening of the spiral ribs with age is similar. The Yakataga species has a straight columella, however, and there is no suggestion of a swollen siphonal fasciole. The aperture of the Yakataga species is more like that of Neptiinea. Dimensions: The holotype (U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. no. 646463) measures: height 99 mm., diameter 60 mm. References Arnold, Ralph. 1906. The Tertiary and Quaternary Pectens of California: U. S. Geol. Survey Prof. Paper 47, 264 p., 53 pis. Grant, U. S., IV, and Gale, H. R. 1931. Catalogue of the marine Pliocene and Pleistocene Mollusca of California and adjacent regions: San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist. Mem., v. 1, 1036 p., 32 pis. MacNeil, F. S. 1967. Cenozoic Pectinids of Alaska, Iceland, and other northern regions: U. S. Geol. Survey Prof. Paper 553, 57 p., 25 pis. Masula, Koichiro. 1959. On the Miocene Pectinidae from the en- virons of Sendai; Pt. 14, on Pecten swifti Bernardi: Trans. Proc. Palaeont. Soc. Japan, N. S., no. 34, pp. 86-96, pi. 9. . 1959-b. On the Miocene Pectinidae from the environs of Sendai; Pt. 15, Pecten cosibensis Yokoyama and its related species: Trans. Proc. Palaeont. Soc. Japan, N. S., no. 35, pp. 121-132, pi. 12. -. 1960. On the morphogenesis of Nanoochlamys: Tohoku Univ. Sci. Repts., 2d ser. (Geology) , Spec. Volume 4 (Hanzawa Memorial Volume), pp. 371-383, pi. 39. 1962. Tertiary Pectinidae of Japan; Tohoku Univ. Sci. Repts., 2d ser. (Geology), v. 33, no. 2, pp. 117-238, pis. 18-27. Smith, A. G. 1959. A new Beringius from the Pacific Northwest with comments on certain described forms: Nautilus, v. 73, no. 1, 9 p. 3 pis. Waldron, H. H. 1961. Geologic reconnaissance of Frosty Peak Volcano and vicinity, Alaska: U. S. Geol. Survey Bull. 1028-T, pp. 677-708, pi. 79, fig. 104. October, 1970 nautilus 75 PELECYPODS, SUCCESSFUL INVADERS OF THE INFAUNA By DAVID NICOL Department of Geology. University of Florida Gainesville. Florida 32601 Although the fact that the sudden appearance of many different marine invertebrate groups in the Early Cambrian is well known, still these early faunas were relatively impoverished. It was not until the beginning of Middle Ordovician time that the marine invertebrate faunas had a diversity that would compare favorably widi living marine faunas. The gradual increase in diversity of the marine invertebrate faunas occmred throughout the Middle and Late Cambrian and into the Early Ordovician. The fossil record dearly indicates that new phyla and classes of invertebrates became adapted to all of the major marine realms, including burrowers into the substrate (infaunal) , sessile or vagrant bottom dwellers (epifaunal) , swimmers (nektonic) , and floaters (plank- tonic) . None of these major realms of the seas was completely filled by invertebrates until the Middle Ordovician. Throughout the rest of the Paleozoic, the marine invertebrate communities became relatively stable with extinction and replacement occur- ring mostly at the generic and familial levels. The remainder of this discussion on Early Paleozoic marine faunas will be restricted mainly to animals that burrow into the sea bottom for either protection or food. Traces of both feeding and dwelling burrows have been noticed in Late Precambrian and Cambrian clastic sediments. The burrows were made by soft-bodied animals that were not fossilized. Among the animals having a good fossil record, few Cambrian groups were able to burrow. A few trilobites may have been capable of some shallow burrowing, but most trilobites apparently crawled along the bot- tom. Among the brachiopods, only some of the lingulaceans Avere burrowers, and the vast majority of brachiopods were epifaunal animals. The list of major groups of Cambrian invertebrates, taken mainly from Harland, et al. (1967), gives clear indication that no other invertebrates were burrowers during Cambrian time. With the advent of the j^elecypods, we have for the first time a large group of shelled invertebrates, the majority of whose representatives were adapted for a life of burrowing in the soft sediments of the sea bottom. Although questionably appearing 76 NAUTILUS Vol. 84 (2) as early as the Middle Cambrian, pelecypods did not become reasonably common and diverse until about the early part of the Middle Ordovician. By that time the protobranchs were well established and were feechng on organic material in the deposits of the ocean bottom. From the shape of the shells, one can deduce that most of the rest of the basic stocks of Ordovician pelecypods were also burrowers, but mytiloids, which appear to have been byssally attached epifaunal forms, are abundant and diverse in Middle and Late Ordovician faunas. Burrowing species in the Ordovician were about 70 per cent of the total pelecypod fauna, just as tliey are today (Nicol, 1968) . Stanley (1968) has empha- sized the fact that many new groups of burrowing and boring pelecypods appeared throughout the Mesozoic and Cenozoic, and these were more efficient infaunal animals as a consequence of mantle fusion and siphon formation. However, the epifaunal pelecypods also increased greatly in diversity throughout the Mesozoic and Cenozoic. At least one other group of animals with well developed skel- etons successfully invaded the infauna, the irregular echinoids during the Jurassic, but the possible competition for space within the substrate by these animals did not seem to affect the increasing diversity of infaunal pelecypods from Jurassic onward. Bretsky (1969) has noted that the most stable Paleozoic marine community Avas the nearshore or onshore one dominated mainly by infaunal linguloid brachiopods and the deposit-feeding proto- branch pelecypods. This onshore environment would have more fluctuations in temperature and salinity than regions of deeper water farther from shore, and one would expect that these onshore communities would have more rapid changes in evolution or community comjX)sition because of the unstable environmental concUtions. That this is not the case may be due in part to the fact that the infaunal animals were somewhat protected from rapid changes of temperature and salinity by living in their bur- rows or within the substrate, and the further fact that competition from other animals ^vas negligible. In conclusion, the infaunal realm was still little occupied by marine invertebrates in the Cambrian, and the pelecypods with their digging foot were well adapted to invade this area during the Ordovician and have continued to be successful infaunal animals to the present. October, 1970 nautilus iii LlTIRATl RK CvITI.D Bretsky, P. W., Jr. 1969. Evolution of Paleozoic benthic marine invertebrate communities. Palaeogeography, Palaeoclimatology, Palaeoecology. Elsevier Publishing Co., Amsterdam. 6: 45-59. Harland, W. B., et al. (editors). 1967. The fossil record, a sym- posium with documentation. Geol. Soc. London. 1-827. Nicol, D. 1968. Are pelecy|xxls primarily infaunal animals? Nau- tilus. 82 (2) : 37-43. Stanley, S. M. 1968. Post-Paleozoic adaptive radiation of infaunal bivalve molluscs — a consequence of mantle fusion and siphon formation. Jour. Paleo. 42 (1) 214-229. NEWS The subscription price to The Nautilus, beginning with the July, 1971 issue (vol. 85, no 1) will rise slightly to $5.00 per year ($5.75 foreign). $1.50 per copy. George F. Kline, well-known collector and benefactor of mala- cology, died in Honolulu, Hawaii, on June 9, 1970. He was born in Elizabeth, New Jersey, on October 26, 1907. George and his wife, Mary Clapp Kline, began collecting in the Bahamas in 1948, and later participated in numerous scientific expeditions sponsored by the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. He was a Director of the Natural Science Foundation and a mem- ber of tJie business board of Indo-Pacific Mollusca. He contributed several articles to The Nautilus, and helped develop new ideas in the collecting, photographing and curating of mollusks. WORLD WIDE SPECIMEN SHELLS for sale New 1970 Price List on request. "Illustrated Catalog of Popular Mar- ginella Species" now available also, 117 species shown with full data and values listed with cover in color. Price S2.00. PHILLIP W. CLOVER Apartado de Correos 22 Rota Cadiz, Spain WILLIAM H. WEEKS SHELL COLLECTION: New price lists of this famous collection, with full scientific data, are in prepa- ration. Many new additions of fine and rare species are also included. To obtain free copies write: George E. Jacobs, 853 Riverside Drive, New York 32, N. Y. LIVING VOLUTES A Monograph of the Recent Vohitidae of the World by Clifton S. Weaver and John E. du Pont This is the first scholarly review of this colorful and popular group of seashells within the last hundred years. Over 200 species and subspecies are beautifully illustrated in full natural colors on 79 plates. Color photographs of liv- ing animals in their natural habitats add splendor to this remarkable book. Dozens of carefully executed anatomical drawings and distributional maps supplement the lucid scientific text to enable easy identification. Hundreds of de- tailed synonomies are given. 375 pages, 9x12 inches Text figures and maps 79 full-color plates Bound. Price: $55.00 Swainson's EXOTIC CONCHOLOGY now available at a startlingly low price! Now only $13.75 (formerly $30.00) The few remaining copies of this unusual facsimile have been purchased by the Delaware Museum of Natural History and are now made available practically at cost to all libraries, scientists and amateur conchologists. 48 beautiful, colored plates, representing a faithful reproduction of Swainson's 1834 and 1841 classic, together with the original text and a modem analysis by R. Tucker Abbott and Nora McMillan. Handsomely bound, gilt-edged on 3 sides and in full 9x12 inch page size. A useful and rare work belonging in the library of every lover of mollusks. Both available from your favorite book dealer or directly from the Delaware Museum of Natural Histoi-y Greenville, Delaware 19807, U.S.A. Vol. 84 JANUARY, 1971 No. 3 THE NAUTILUS THE PILSBRY QUARTERLY DEVOTED TO THE INTERESTS OF CONCHOLOGISTS EDITORS AND PUBLISHERS R. Ti'CKER Abbott, du Pont Chair of Malacology Delaware Museum of Natural History, Greenville, Del. 19807 Horace Burrington Baker, 11 Chelten Road, Havertown, Pa. (Emeritus Professor of Zoology, University of Pennsylvania) Charles B. Wurtz, Biology Department La Salle College, Philadelphia, Pa. 19141 CONTENTS Caduhis (Gadila) perpnsillus (Sowerby, 1832) an earlier name for C. (G.) panamensis. By William K. Emerson 77 New typhid species from the South China Sea. By T. Habe and S. Kosuge 82 New Ancistrolepis from the Bering Sea (Buccinidae) . By T. Habe and K. Ito 84 Environmental control of form in land snails— a case of unusual precision. By Stephen J. Gould 86 New Hydrobiidae from Ozark Caves. By Leslie Hubricht ... 93 The ecological significance of Thyasira bisecta Conrad. By Saburo Kanno 96 On some Helicina from the Dominican Republic. By M. K. Jacobson and W. J. Clench 101 A new species of Ashmunella from the Davis Mountains in West Texas. By E. P. Cheatum 107 Athearnia, new name for a genus of pleurocerid snails. By J. P. E. Morrison 110 News Ill Publications received ... 112 $5.00 per year ($5.75 to Foreign Countries) $1.50 a copy. Mrs. Horace B. Baker, Business Manager 11 Chelten Road, Havertown, Pennsylvania 19083 «;<./-ori/i.r.la« Pnstagp paid at Spring House, Pa. l/larine Biological Labcraiory L_l BRA R"^ FEB 3 1971 NAUTILUS: A quarterly journal devoted to the study of molliisks, edited and published by R. Tucker Abbott, Horace B. Baker (editor emeritus) and Charles B. Wurtz. Business and subscription manager: Mrs. Horace B. Baker, II Chelten Road, Havertown, Pennsylvania, U.S.A. 19083. AUTHORS PLE.\SE NOTE Matter for publication should be sent to the editor-in-chief, Dr. R. Tucker Abbott, Delaware Museum of Natural History, Greenville, Delaware 19807. Please give your reprint order, if any, when submitting your manuscript. Kindly attempt to conform with the format of the journal, including the style of the references cited and the use of figure numbers of the illustrations. Please correct and retiun galley proof within 24 hours. The editors reserve the right to ignore unnecessary changes. .Authors are charged for engraving blocks of photographs or drawings at cost. Minimum charge for each block is .53.00. The publishers reserve the right, seldom exercised, to charge $40 per page of text for state or fedei"ally financed research in order to cover costs. Reprints are furnished at printer's rates. Orders should be wrhten on or ATTACHED TO FIRST PAGE OF MANUSCRIPF. REPRINTS aiC shipped, with iuvolces, by PONY PRINTING, 4 Cloverdale Avenue, Upper Darby, Pennsylvania 19082. PURCHASE ORDERS, when required, and shipping instructions, MUST accompany original ordei^s. Extra clerical or bookkeeping work because of delayed receipt of purchase orders will be charged for accordingly. TEXT PAPER 2 pp. V pp. 8 pp. 12 pp. 16 pp. First, 100 copies 3.70 8.20 16.40 24.40 30.60 Additional 100 80 2.95 6.50 9.90 11.45 PLATE PAPER First 100 copies 4.00 8.75 17.45 25.95 32.70 .Additional 100 1.05 3.50 7.55 11.45 13..55 Prices subject to change without notice. Postage extra. The Nadtilus is an official organ of the American Malacological Union. Information regarding membership in the Union may be obtained from Mrs. Marion S. Hubbard, 3957 Marlow Ct., Seaford, N. Y. 11783. Back Issiif.s: Vols. 1-71, if available, can be obtained from Kraus Periodicals, Inc., 16 East 46th Street, New York, N. Y. 10017. Vols. 72 to date are available from the Nautilus, U Chelten Road. Havertown, Pennsylvania 19083, and vary in price. In satisfaction of postal regulation 132-622. Owners (but non-profit) : Dr. S: Mrs. Horace B. Baker, Dr. Charles B. Wurtz, Dr. R. Tucker Abbott. Paid subscriptions: 575. shipped by mail. THE NAUTILUS Vol. 84 January. 1971 No. 3 CADULUS (GADILA) PERPUSILLUS (SOWERBY, 1832), AN EARLIER NAME FOR C. (G.) PANAMENSIS SHARP AND PILSBRY, 1898 By William K. Emerson American Museum of Natural History New York, New York 10024 Dentalium perpusillum G. B. Sowerby, I (1832, p. 29) was described from Puerto Salango, "West Columbia" [Panama], in 10 fathoms. Sowerby did not provide an illustration, but he noted in the brief description that his taxon was related to Dentalium gadus [= Cadulus (Gadila) gadus (Montagu, 1803) ]. The status of this Panamic species of Cadulus became confused when G. B. Sowerby, II (1860, p. 104) refened D. perpusillus to the annelid genus Ditrupa in his monograph of the Scaphopoda in tlie Thesaurus Conchyliorum. Considering the time, this sys- tematic assignment was not unusual. As the result of the inade- quate original description and the lack of an illustration, the identity of Sowerby's Cadulus perpusillus has remained in doubt to the present time. In a review of the living and extinct scaphopods, Pilsbry and Sharp (1898, p. 190) surmised that Sowerby's taxon might be conspecific with the eastern Pacific taxon they described as Cadulus (Gadila) panamensis Sharp and Pilsbry (1898, p. 191, pi. 36, figs. 23-25) . They preferred to propose a new species in the absence of the type material of C. perpusillus. Dall (1909, p. 249) followed this concept at first. He referred specimens from off Baja California, Mexico to Guayaquil, Ecuador, to C. perpu- sillus^ citing figures of Pilsbry and Sharp (1898, pi. 36, figs. 23, 24) representing C. panamensis. In a later pa|3er, Dall (1921, p. 58) extended the range of C. perpusillus north to Monterey, Cali- fornia. This taxon, however, apparently is restricted to the Pan- amic faunal province and it is not known to range north of Cedros Island along the west coast of Baja California. It does occur throughout the Gulf of California, and it is reported by ^Submitted in honor of Leo George Hertlein; see vol. 84, no. 2, Oct. 1970. 77 78 NAUTILUS Vol. 84 (3) Jordan (1936, pp. 112, 149) as a Pleistocene fossil from Magdalena Bay, Baja California. In extending the range into the Califomian and Oregonian faunal provinces, Dall (1921) expanded his con- cept of Sowerby's species. Several subsequent students accepted this revised interpretation, making it difficult to ascertain what species were included in the literature under the name of C. per- pusillus. In recent years, most workers have considered Sowerby's taxon to be a species inquirendae, and the name C. panamensis has been used. Through the courtesy of the late William J. Rees, I was able to obtain on loan the type lot of C. perpusillus from the British Museum (Natural History) . It consists of five specimens mounted on a wooden block with a label reading "D. perpiisillum Sow., Salango, W. Columbia, sandy mud, 10 fms., H.[ugh] C.[uming]." These data correspond to those given in the original description. The largest specimen is 7.5 mm. in length; the smallest is 6 mm. in length. The best preserved specimen, which measures 7.2 mm. in length, with an oral aperture of 0.75 mm. in diameter and an apical orifice of 0.33 mm. in diameter, is designated here the lectotype. This specimen possesses well-defined annular sculpture (fig. 3A-D) . In the four paralectotypes, the encircling wrinkles are less developed but they are evident under magnification. The type lot of Cadulus (Gadila) panamensis Sharp and Pilsbry, 1898, is deposited in the U.S. National Museum. It comprises eight specimens dredged in the Bay of Panama in 51 fathoms (U.S.F.C. Station 2805). A lectotype is selected. U.S.N. M. no. 122795, and illustrated herein (figure 2). A comparison of the typological specimens of C. perpusillus (Sowerby, 1832) with those of C. panamensis Sharp and Pilsbry, 1898, indicates that these nominal species are conspecific. Thus, Cadulus (Gadila) perpusillus (Sowerby) is known to range from Cedros Island, Baja California, Mexico, to Consag Rock, near the head of the Gulf of California, and south to Panama Bay, Panama, and the Galapagos Islands; ? Ecuador (Dall, 1909) . The shell characters of this species are very distinctive. The conspicuous constriction near the oral aperture and the encircling wrinkles serve admirably as distinguishing characters. The de- gree of development and number of wrinkles varies considerably among individuals (figs. 3D, 4D) . The annular sculpture is commonly retained only on well-preserved specimens; some speci- January, 1971 nautilus 79 mens lack surface sculpture. The size and outline of the shell also is quite variable. A large, stout form was named C. pann men- sis var. major by Pilsbi-y and Sharp (1898, p. 192, pi. 36, figs. 28 [lectotype here selected and illustrated, fig. 1] 29, 30 [paralecto- tyj>es]) . Another infrasubspecific form, which is long and slender, approaches C. (Gadila) leptodoma Pilsbry and Olsson, 1941 (p. 49, pi. 10, fig. 11), a taxon described from the Pliocene of Ecua- dor. A similar. Recent specimen from the Bay of Panama is il- lustrated, figures 4A-D. The present species is closely related to the western Atlantic C. acus Dall (1889, p. 423, pi. 27, fig. 11), but it is larger, more curved, and has a greater apertural contraction. Cadulus dentali- nvs (Guppy, 1873, pp. 87, 88, pi. 1, fig. 11), from the Miocene of Jamaica, has a very similar shell, but that of C. perpusillus is slightly stouter. The present species resembles other nominal species described from late Tertiary deposits in the Caribbean region. These small, needle-shaped species, with distinctive annular sculpture are known to occur from the Miocene to Recent time in mid-latitudes of the New World, and at least one species is recorded from tlie tropical western Pacific Ocean. This group was afforded nomenclatural recognition by Woodring (1925, p. 206) , who proposed the taxon Gadilopsis as a section of the subgenus Gadila Gray, 1847. As I have pointed out elsewhere (Emerson, 1962, p. 478) , circular sculpture is not developed in all constitu- ents of the extinct and living populations of the American species comprising this complex. Therefore, I have retained this group in Gadila (type species by original designation: Dentalium gadus Montagu, 1803). Should anatomical studies demonstrate that this is a valid species group, Gadilopsis (type species by original desig- nation: Ditrupa dentalina Guppy, 1873) would be applicable. Literature Cited Dall, W.H. 1889. Reports on the results of dredging, ... in the Gulf of Mexico . . . and in the Caribbean Sea ... by the U.S. Coast Survey steamer "Blake," . . . Mollusca . . . Gastropoda and Scaphopoda. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 18, pp. 1-492, pis. 10-40. Dall, W.H. 1909. Report on a collection of shells from Peru, with a summary of the littoral marine Mollusca of the Peruvian zoo- logical province. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 57(1704) : 147-294, pis. 20-28. 80 NAUTILUS Vol. 84 (3) Dall, W.H. 1921. Summary of the shellbearing mollusks of the northwest coast of America . . . U.S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 112, pp. 1-217, pis. 1-22. Emerson, W.K. 1962. A classification of the scaphopod mollusks. Jour. Paleont., 36 (S) : 461-482, pis. 76-80, 2 text figs. Gray, J.E. 1847. A list of the genera of Recent Mollusca, their synonymy and types. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, for 1847, pp. 129-219. Guppy, R.J.L. 1873. On some new Tertiary fossils from Jamaica. Proc. Sci. Assoc. Trinidad, 2(2), pt. 10:72-88, pis. 1, 2. Jordan, E.K. 1936. The Pleistocene fauna of Magdalena Bay, Lower California. Contr. Dept. Geology, Stanford Univ., / (4) : lO.S-173, pis. 17-19. Montagu, G. 1803. Testacea Britannica, or natural history of British shells. London, 606 p., 29 pis. Pilsbry, H.A., and B. Sharp. 1897-1898. Tryon's manual of conch- ology; Scapho}X)da. Ser. 1, 17, pp. xxxii + ^44 [1897], pp. 145-280 [1898], pis. 1-39. Pilsbry, H.A., and A. A. Olsson. 1941. A Pliocene fauna from western Ecuador. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 93: 1-79, pis. 1-19. Sowerby, G.B., I, in W.J. Broderip and G.B. Sowerby. 1832. Characters of ne^v species of Mollusca and Conchifera. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, for 1832, pp. 25-33. Sowerby, G.B., IL 1860. Thesaurus conchyliorum, or monograph of genera of shells. London, 3, Monograph of the genus Dental- inm, pp. 97-104, pis. 223-225. Woodring, W.P. 1925. Miocene mollusks from Bowden, Jamaica, pt. 1, Pelecypods and scaphopods. Carnegie Inst. Publ., no. 366, pp. 1-222, pis. 1-22. Cadulus (Gadila) perpusillus (Sowerby) Figure 1. Lectotvpe of Cadulus (Gadila) perpusillus var. major Pilsbry and Sharp. 1898, U.S.N. M. No. 9()570, oft Baja California, Mexico, in 66 fathoms (U.S.F.C. Sta. 2830) ; x H. Figure 2. Lectotype of C. (G.) panametisis Sharp and Pilsbry, 1898, U.S.N.M. No. 122795, Bay of Panama, in 51 fathoms (U.S.F.C. Sta. 2805); x 5. Figure 3A-D. Lectotype of Dcntaliuni perpusiUuin Sowerby, 1832, Puerto Salango, Panama, in 10 fathoms, British Museum (Natural History); A, B X 10; C X 30; D x 38. Fig. D, detail of sculpture of a portion of the sur- face near anal aperture. Figure 4A-I). Example of attenuated form of Cadulus (Gadila) perpusillus (Sowerby) , Toboga Island, Panama, in 2 to 5 fathoms (A. Hancock Founda- tion bottom sample No. 346); A. B, C. x 10; D x 38. Fig. D. detail of sur- face sculpture. January, 1971 NAUTILUS Explanation of figures (opposite page) 82 NAUTILUS Vol. 84 (3) NEW TYPHID SPECIES FROM THE SOUTH CHINA SEA Uv TADASHIGE HARE and SADAO KOSUGE National Science Museum, Tokyo, Japan The writers have received two typhid species collected by coral fishing boats from the South China Sea through Dr. Kin'iclii Sakurai and Mr. Seiji Suzuki, of Maruma Shell Co. One is Typhis (Monstrotyphis) tosacnsis Azuma and another is a new species described herew-ith. The writers express their sinceie thanks to the gentlemen mentioned above for their kind cooperation. Typhis ramosus, neiv species (Figures 1, 2) Description — Shell rather large for the typhid group, biconic in shape, stout, pale-brown in color, ornamented with reddish brown, transverse lines of 2 on the teleoconch whorls and of 5 on the body whorl, but with a chalky bloom on the surface in the fully grown specimens. Spire conically elevated. Protoconch of 2 whorls bearing a papillary tip which is smooth and polished, translucently white, roundly convex. Teleoconch of 4.5 whorls, foliated with varices which are 4 per whorl, arranged and con- tinuing up to the earlier whorls spirally, and with 2 spines on the teleoconch whorls and 5 on the body whorl. Spines bent back and sharply pointed at the tip, except the shoidder spine which Figs. 1, 2. Typhis raino.siis Hahc antl Kosuge, iicic sp'-rics. Holotypc, 16.3 nun. in height. January, 1971 nautilus 83 is bent upward. Posterior siphonal iul)cs arising al)out midway between the varices, long and slender to the tip, slis^hily curved basally. The last siphonal tulje near the aperture is apparently the largest and longest ol them. Intervarical area has weak giowth lines; 2 brown lines are on the teleoconch whorls and 5 on the body whorl. Aperture roundly ovate with a continuous peristome, and produced forward and ajjart from the penulti- mate wall. Varix at the outer margin rather broad and stout, armed with spines. Anterior sijjhonal tube broad at the base and attenuating towards the distal end, and slightly curved back- ward; closed throughout antl forming a tube. Operculum roundly ovate rather thick, reddish brown and with the nucleus near the lower end. Height 16.'} nnn. and breadth 9.0 nnn. (type sj>ecimen pre- served in the National Science Museum, NSMT — Mo — 38872) . Height 21. .S mm. and breadth 11.3 mm. (paratype s|>ecimen pre- served in the National Science Museum-Mo) . Type locality — South China Sea. Remarks — Typhis philippetisis Watson from Port Philip, Mel- bourne, South Australia, is closely allied to this new species in general features, especially in having the spines on the varices. However, it has no spiral colored bands on the surface, nor the narrow and long anterior siphonal canal of ramosus. Literature cited Azuma, M. 1960. A catalogue of the shell-bearing mollusca of Okinoshima Kashiwajima and the adjacent area of Tosa Prov- ince, Shikoku, Japan, p. 99, pi. 2, fig. 8, text fig. 8. Gertman, R. L. 1969. Cenozoic Typhinae (Mollusca: GastrofX)da) of the Western Atlantic Region. Tulane Stud. Geol. Paleont., vol. 7, no. 4, pp. 143-191, pis. 1-8, text figs. 1-3. Habe, T. 1964. Shells of the Western Pacific in color, vol. 2, p. 83, pi. 27 figs. 1-2. Iredale, T. 1924. Results from Roy Bell's molluscan collections. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, vol. 49 (3), pp. 271-3, pi. 34, fig. 10. Keen, A. M. 1944. Catalogue and revision of the gastropod sub- family Typhinae. Jour, of Paleont., vol. 18, (1), pp. 50-72, text figs. 1-20. Keen, A. M. and G. B. Campbell 1964. Ten new species of Typhinae (Gastropoda: Muricidae) . Veliger, vol. 7, (1), pp. 46-57, pis. 8-11, 3 text figs. Watson, R. B. 1885. Scaphopoda and Gastropoda. Rep. Sci. Res. Expl. Voy. Challenger, Zool., vol. 15, pp. 162-163, pi. 10, fig. 4. 84 NAUTILUS Vol. 84 (3) NEW ANCISTROLEPIS FROM THE BERING SEA (BUCCINIDAE) Bv lADASHIGE HABE AND KnOSHI HO National Science Miisemn, lokyo The genus Ancistioicpis was established by Dall in 1894 with Chrysodo/nu.s eucosmius Dall irom Alaska designated the type species. Four species and two subspecies, namely A. eticosniins Dall, A. c. bicinctiis Dall, A. beringianus Dall, A. gemmatus Dall, A. g. ymnnzakii Kuroda, and A. hikitai Kuroda, have been re- ported from the Northern Pacific. Recently we received a speci- men trom the Bering Sea which is very close to the type species in the general features. But it has a conically turrited shell with three prominent spiral cords equidistantly placed to each other and one subsutural cord just below the upper suture on the whorls, and four basal spiral cords in addition to them on the body whorl. It seems to be a new sub-species of A. eucosmius Dall. We wish to express our sincere thanks to Mr. Seishiro Koyama who sent this specimen for our study. Fig. \.Antistrolepis^euc<»nnius knyaruni Habc and Ito new ST.ibspecics. Holo- type, .^7.5 mm. in height. ■ .".,;..•.-: , January, 1971 nautilus 85 Ancistrolepis eucosmlus, koyamai, new subspecies (Fig- 1) Description — Shell is rather small for tlie genus, white, solid, conically turreted, with six whorls excluding the eroded nucleus, covered with a thick olivaceous and densely lamellated perio- sti-acum. Each whorl has four spiral cords and minute spiral threads between them. The uppermost cord just below the suture is rather weakly formed. Below a rather wide space is a prominent cord on the shoulder; the other three cords are prominently and equidistantly-placcd. The body whorl is as large as three fifths of Uie shell height and has eight spiral cords which are also prom- inent (excluding the subsutural cord) and are subequidistantly arranged on the base. The aperture is ovate with a wide, short siphonal canal, white within, internally bearing shallow grooves. The outer margin is roundly curved and waved at the edge by the ends of the spiral cords; columellar pillar short and callous and somewhat twisted near the end of the distinct fasciole. Height 37.5 mm. and breadth 19.8 mm. (figured type specimen preserved in the National Science Museum, NSMT — MO. 38541) . Type locality — Bering Sea (more exact locality unknown) . Remarks — Ancistrolepis fujitai Kuroda and A. kinoshitai Kur- oda have been removed to the genus Parancistrolepis Azuma be- cause they have multicuspidate marginal teeth superficially very close to tliose of the genus Fusinus in the family Fasciolariidae. A. trochoideus Dall and A. t. ovoidcus Habe and Ito are allocated to the subgenus Bathyancistrolepis Habe and Ito the nodule of which has three cusps on the marginal tooth, with the middle one minute in size. Literature Cited Azuma, M. 1965. On the Radulae of Ancistrolepis kinoshitai (Kuroda) and A. trochoidens ovoideus Habe and Ito. Jap. Jour. Malac. (Venus), vol. 24, pp. 127-129. Dall, W. H. 1907. Descriptions of New Species of Shells, chiefly Buccinidae, from the dredgings of the U. S. S. "Albatross" dur- ing 1906 in the Northwestern Pacific, Bering, Okhotsk and Japanese seas. Smithsonia Misc. Coll., vol. 50, (2), pp. 139-173. 1925. Illustrations of Unfigured Types of Shells in the Col- lection of the United States National Museum, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 16, pp. 1-41, pis. 1-36. Habe, T. and K. Ito. 1965. Shells of the World in colour, vol. 1 (The Northern Pacific), 176 pp, 56 pis. 86 NAUTILUS Vol. 84 (3) 1965. New Genera and Species chiefly collected from the North Pacific. Jap. Jour. Malac. (Venus), vol. 24, pp. 16-45, pis. 2-4. Habe, T. and K. Ito. 1968, Buccinid Species from Rausu, Hok- kaido. Jap. Jour Malac (Venus), vol. 27, pp. 1-8, pi. 1. Kuroda, T. 1931. On the Japanese Species of the Chrysodomid whelks, Ajicistrolepis and Japelion, Venus, vol. 2, pp. 221-234, textfigs 1-18. Oldroyd, I. S. 1927. The Marine Shells from the West Coast of North America, vol. 2, pt. 1, 289 pp., 29 pis. ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL OF FORM IN LAND SNAILS A CASE OF UNUSUAL PRECISION By STEPHEN J. GOULD Museum of Comparative Zoology Cambridge, Massachusetts 02138 We are removed nearly a century from the time when land snails first played devil's advocate to Darwinism. The advocate: Achatinella. Mephisto: none other than the Reverend Gulick (1873) . The claim: geographic variation in form proceeds from isolation alone; it is spontaneous and unrelated to climate or habitat. Nonetheless, when conchologists marvel at the wondrous diversity of Cerion, Liguus, or Partula and doubt that it is either adaptive or even correlated with the variation of environments, they merely repeat Gulick's claim, though it has been disproved for his own material (Welch, 1938, 1942, 1958). To this historic argument against selection that Gulick pro- posed and Crampton (1916, 1925, 1932) pursued, the modern evolutionist responds by recording correlations between form and environment. To be sure, not all such correlations refute the anti- selectionist thesis since many, especially in intraspecific situations, are produced directly and have no genetic basis. But even these purely phenotypic events can reinforce a selectionist interpreta- tion because their direction may correspond to similar genetic events at higher systematic levels. Having recognized the pheno- typic effect, we may be able to give an adaptive explanation for the genetic differences. In Bermudian land snails of the sub- genus P. (Poecilozonites), for example, the correlation of shell thickness with available CaCOs is pervasive, but the effect is al- most surely phenotypic in some cases (thick shells on limestone January, 1971 nautilus 87 walls, thin in a neighboring field — Gould, 19691), p. 191, no. 7) and definitely genetic in others (development of paedomorphic, thin-shelled subspecies of P. berrmidensis in lime-poor red soils — Gould, 1969b, pp. 478-479). Another reason for tabulating all correlations of form and en- vironment as potential support for selectionist views lies in the difficulty of sorting phenotypic from genetic effects — any list will almost always include some genetic events. This inability, in most cases, to identify the causes of a correlation has often been noted, usually with dismay and sometimes even with despair (Best, 1961, on trilobites; Jolicoeur, 1959, on wolves; Nichols, 1962, on heart urchins; Mitra, 1958, on brachiopods; and, for land snails, Rensch, 1932, on the albinism of xerophiles and Welch, 1958, for Achatinella). A strategy for demonstrating the close relationship between en- vironment and form in land snails might proceed in three stages. First, we mtist map geographic variation to see if it correlates with topography, temperature, soil type, or any other environ- mental factor — see, for example, Welch (1958), Rensch (1937), Baker (1924), and Gould (1969a). Secondly, we want to know how predictable and precise the environmental control upon form has been. The temporal recurrence of climatic cycles during Pleistocene ice ages often induced fluctuations in form that mir- ror the climatic curve precisely — see, for example, Kurten (1965) for size in mammals, Ericson (1959) for coiling directions in fora- minifera, and Gould (1970) for size, umbilical width and shell thickness in land snails. Finally, a hypotheses of climatic control will be greatly strengthened if several taxa reacted in the same way to the same set of climatic events — see Reyment (1966) on Nigerian fossil ostracods. The following case belongs to this last, and most remarkable, category of precise determination for several taxa. Five species of helicoid land snails are fotmd in a Pleistocene red soil at Tom Moore's Cave, Hamilton Parish, Bermuda (Lo- cality 53 of Gould, 1969b; see Bretz, 1960 and Land, Mackenzie and Gould, 1967 on Bermudian geology; the soil belongs to the Shore Hills formation and represents a pre-Sangamonian glacia- tion) . The species are distributed in three very different size ranges: 88 NAUTILUS Vol. 84 (3) Fable 1. Umbilical Widtas for ?'ive Species of llelicoid Land Snails at Tom Koore's Cave vs. all otUer Shore Hills Samples (in ram) . 1. Large Poecilozonites (at neigiit + width = 30 mm) a) P. bermudenais 2. Small Poecilozonites (at width = 3.3 mm) a) P^. circumfirmatus D ) P_, reinianus vannttai c) P. olandi heilprini Average Hanp;e of tl for Tom ('■to ore's of others others others 3.01 2.32 2.26-2.1*0 one sample h 1.97 1.55 only 1 3.85 3.31* 3.ll»-3.1*5 It 2.30 2.53 2.3lt-2.70 k 3. Microgastropods (at width = l.y mm) a) 'i'iiysanophora hypolepta 0.81 O.T'* 0.72-0. To 1. The endemic sagdid Thysa7iophora hypolepta Shuttl. at ca. 2 mm in adult width. 2. Three species of the two smaller subgenera of the outstand- ing, endemic genus Poecilozonites all ca. 10 mm in adult width — P. (Gastrelasmus) circumfirmatus Rdfld., P. (Discozonites) reinia- nus vanattai (Pilsbry) and P. (D.) blandi heilprini Pilsbry, 3. The large P. (Poecilozonites) bermudensis Pfr., reaching adult widtlis up to 28 mm. I noticed that umbilical widths seemed to be greater at this locality than for others from the same time period; consequently, I measured umbilici for these five species in all samples of the Shore Hills soil. Compaiisons among samples of the same species must be made at a common standard (size, whorl number, age or developmental stage, for example) . Otherwise, real differences cannot be dis- tinguished from artifacts that result from varying ontogenetic size distributions among samples. Likewise, the common practice of using ratios to "avoid" differences in size does no such thing, for allometry (Gould, 1966) is defined as size-correlated change of shape (i.e. of ratios) and strictly isometric growth is not com- mon— and certainly impossible in snails with domed spires be- cause height must grow faster than width to produce a dome. Helicids, cerionids and many other land snails have a recogniza- January, 1971 nautilus 89 ble adult stage that serves as an obvious slanclaixl for comparison; but both Thysanophora and Poecilozonites grow throughout life and show no change of coloration, shell thickness or coiling di- rection to mark the adult. I chose to make comparisons at stand- ard sizes (1.9 mm width in Thysanophora, 9.3 mm for the three small Poecilozonites and 30 mm height -\- width for P. bermuden- sis) . I chose each sample to represent as large an ontogenetic series as possible and computed the regression of umbilical width upon total width for each. (Although both variates are subject to error, regression of y on x is still the appropriate curve-fitting technique because we are trying to predict y at some given value of X. For each species, tlie standard size is chosen, to avoid the dangers of extrapolation, as the largest size well within the measured range of all samples) . The values recorded on Table 1, therefore, are diose predicted from the regression equations at the standard sizes for each sample. For each of the five species, umbilical widths at standard sizes are larger in the Tom Moore's sample than in any other con- temporaneous sample. 1 am particularly impressed by the fact that this environmental control is exerted in such a similar and precise way over such a range of species sizes. What is the environmental significance of a wide umbilicus? In P. (Poecilozonites) , there is a persistent negative correlation between shell thickness and umbilical width (Gould, 1969b). This results from two factors: a tendency for thick shells to be strongly domed and constriction of the umbilicus at die aperture by a thickened inner lip. Shell tliickness, at least in P. {Poecil- ozonites) , is an almost automatic response to the availability of CaCOg for shell construction. (The correlation of shell thickness with available lime is the best documented of correlations be- tween form and environment in pulmonates — see, for example, Rensch, 1932; Oldham, 1929 and 1934; Boycott, 1934; Robertson, 1941; and Frank and Meyling, 1966). The lime content of Ber- muda's red soils ranges from less than 2 percent to more than 50 percent (Ruhe, et al., 1961). I would infer, therefore, that the soil at Tom Moore's Cave was poorer in lime than that of any other Shore Hills sample. As to the genetic basis of these differences in umbilical width, I can only conjecture; but the conjecture raises an interesting 90 NAUTILUS Vol. 84 (3) possibility. For the three small Poecilozonite.s and for Thysano- phora, the Tom Moore's shells exhibit no evident differences from their contemporaries beyond the distinction in umbilical widths (Fig. la) . If the extent of genetic change is related to the degree of phenetic difference (which, of course, it need not be) , we might want to ascribe these umbilical effects to direct en- vironmental induction. They do, at least, conform to the usual criteria for such inferences — extremely local events involving la U Fig. la (top four drawings) . .\pertural and umbilical views of P. circum- (irmalus from Government Quarry, Graveyard Fissure (Locality 5, of Gould, 1969b) on left and from Tom Moore's Cave on right. 1 can find no major differences beyond those due to the wider umbilicus of Tom Moore's shells. The effect may be phenotypic. Fig. lb (bottom four drawings) . Left: P. bertnudensis zoiiatus from Gov- ernment Quarr), Graveyard Fissure. Right: P. bermudensis fasolti from Tom M(K)re's Cave. Tom Moore's shells are more widely umbilicate, but they are also more weakly colored (persistent juvenile flames that do not coalesce into bands) , thinner shelled (no parietal callus) , lower and more triangulate in cross section, and with a different apertural shai>e. All these features characterize juvenile stages of P. bennudenis zonatus, and the Tom Moore's sample represents a paedomorphic jx>pulation that is genetically distinct from P. b. zonatus. All specimens actual size. January, 1971 nautilus 91 labile characters mcxlified in the same way in several taxa. The situation in P. bermudensis is clifTerent. The Tom Moore's shells belong to the paedomorpliic subspecies P. bermudensis fasolti, while all other samples contain shells of the central stock, P. ber- mudensis zonatus. Differences between the two taxa involve many aspects of shell form — color, thickness, and shape (Fig. lb) — and their geographic distribution meets the criteria of biologic sub- species (P.b. fosolti is a local population at the geographic pe- riphery of the range of P.b. zonatus) . Moreover, the wide umbili- cus of P.b. jasolti is an integral part of the paedomorphic char- acter complex; it is not a separate feature that has undergone independent, environmental modification. The paedomorphosis itself is almost surely genetic (Gould, 1969b, pp. 478-479). Thus, the precise environmental control that produced wide umbilici at Tom Moore's Cave may have been direct (i.e. phenotypic) for some species and indirect for others (by setting the direction of natural selection) . If this interpretation is correct, it provides support for my previous assertion (Gould, 1968 and 1969b, pp. 482-483) that the adaptive significance of paedomorphosis, which occurred at least four times during the Pleistocene history of P. bermudensis, lies in the thin shell that it produces and that lime- poor habitats require. ACKOWLEDGMENTS I thank Joan Trey for making the measurements and Carol Jones for drafting the figure. This work is contribution No. 483 from the Bermuda Biological Station for Research. Supported in part by NSF grant GA-901. Literature Cited Baker, H. B., 1924. Land and fresh-water molluscs of the Dutch Leeward Islands. Occas. Pap. Mus. Zool. Univ. Mich. vol. 152, pp. 1-158. Best, R. v., 1961. Intraspecific variation in Encrinurus ornatus. Jour. Paleontology, vol. 35, pp. 1029-1040. Boycott, A. E., 1934. The habitats of land Mollusca in Britain. J. Ecol., vol. 22, pp. 1-38. Bretz, J. H., 1960. Bermuda: a partially drowned, late mature. Pleistocene karst. Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer. vol. 71, pp. 1729-1754. Crampton, H. E., 1916. Studies on the variation, distribution and evolution of the genus Partula. The species inhabiting Tahiti. Carn. Inst. Washington Publ., no. 228, pp. 1-311. , 1925. Studies on the variation, distribution and evolution 92 NAUTILUS Vol. 84 (3) of the genus Partula. The species of the Mariana Islands, Guam and Saipan. Carn. Inst. Washington Publ., vol. 228a. pp. 1-116. 1932. Studies on the variation, distribution and evolution of the genus Partula. The species inhabiting Moorea. Carn. Inst. Washington Pub., vol. 410, pp. 1-335. Ericson, D. B., 1959. Coiling direction of Globigerina pacy derma as a climatic index. Science, vol. 130, pp. 219-220. Frank, G. FI. and A. H. Meyling, 1966. A contribution to the conchometry of Biomphalaria pfeifferi (Basommatophora: Pla- norbidae) . Malacologia, vol. 3, pp. 379-398. Gould, S. }., 1966. Allometry and size in ontogeny and phylogeny. Biol. Rev., vol. 41, pp. 587-640. , 1968. Ontogeny and the explanation f f form: an allometric analysis. In: Paleobiological aspects of growth and develop- ment, a symposium. Paleont. Soc, Mem. 2, Jour. Paleontology, vol. 42(5), suppl., pp. 81-98. — - — , 1969a. Character variation in two land snails from the Dutch Leeward Islands: Geography, environment and evolu- tion. Syst. Zool., vol. 18, pp. 185-200. 1969b. An evolutionary microcosm: Pleistocene and Re- cent history of the land snail P. (Poecilozonites) in Bermuda. Bull. Mus. Com. Zool., vol. 138; 407-532. , 1970. Coincidence of climatic and faunal fluctuations in Pleistocene Bermuda. Science, vol. 168, pp. 572-573. Gulick, J. T., 1873. On diversity of evolution under one set of external conditions. J. Linn. Soc. London, vol. 11, pp. 496-505. Jolicoeur, P., 1959. Multivariate geographical variation in the wolf Canis lupus L. Evolution, vol. 13, pp. 283-299. Kurten, B., 1965. The Carnivora of the Pleistocene caves. Acta Zool. Fennica, vol. 107, pp. 1-74. Land, L. S., F. T. Mackenzie, and S. j. Gould, 1957. The Pleisto- cene history of Bermuda. Bull. Geol. Soc. Amor., vol. 78, pp. 993-1006. Mitra, K. C, 1958. Variation in Goniorhynchin boueti from Normandy and Dorset. J. Paleont, vol. 32, pp. 992-1006. Nichols, D., 1962. Differential selection in populations of a heart urchin. Systematics Assoc. Pub., vol. 4, pp. 105-118. Oldham, C, 1929. The influence of lime on the shell of Ariantn arbustorum (L.) . Proc. Malacol. Soc. London, vol. 18, pp. 143- 144. , 1934. Furtlier observations on th - influence of lime on the shells of snails. Vroc.. Malacol. Soc. London, vol. 21, pp. 131-138. Rensch, B., 1932. Uber die Abhiingigkeit der Grosse, des relativen Gewirhtes und der Oberflachenstruktur der Landschneckens- chalen von den Umwelts faktoren (Okologische Mollusken- studien I.) . Z. Morph. Okol. Tiere, vol. 25, pp. 758-807. , 1937. Untersuchungcn iiber Rassenbildi ng luid Erblich- January, 1971 nautilus 93 keit von Rassenmerkmalen bei sizilischen Landschnccken. Z. Ind. Abstain. Vererb., vol. 72, pp. 504-588. Reyment, R. A., 1966. Studies on Nigerian Upper Cretaceous and Lower Tertiary Ostracoda. Part 3: Stratigraphical, paleo- ecological and bionietrical conclusion. Stockholm Contr. Geol., vol. 14, pp. 1-151. Robertson, J. D., 1941. The function and metabolism of calcium in the invertebrates. Biol. Rev., vol. 16, pp. 106-13.^. Ruhe, R. v., y. G. Cady, and R. S. Gomez, 1961. Paleosols of Bermuda. Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer., vol. 72, pp. 1121-1142. Weldi, D. A., 1938. Distribution and variation of Achalinella mustelina Mighels in the Waianae mountains, Oahu. Bull. Bernice P. Bishop Nfus., vol. 152, pp. 1-164. , 1942. Distribution and variation of the Hawaiian tree snail Achntinelln apexfub'a Dixon in the Koolau Range, Oahu. Smith. Misc. Coll., vol. 103, pp. 1-236. , 1958. Distribution and variation of the Hawaiian tree snail Achatinella bulimoides Swainson on the windward slope of the Koolau Range, Oahu. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, vol. 110, pp. 123-211. NEW HYDROBIIDAE FROM OZARK CAVES Bv LESLIE HUBRICHT Amnicola stygia, nezo species. (Figs. 1, 2. 3) Description — Shell small, broadly conic, thin and very fragile, opaque, straw-colored; whorls 3 to 3.5, well-rounded, the last whorl barely appressed to the preceding whorl, sutures very deep, nuclear whorl raised; umbilicus open, about one-sixth the di- ameter of the shell; aperture round, peristome continuous, barely attached to the preceding whorl or sometimes free, lip thin, slightly sinuous, columellar margin not reflected or bent. Opercu- lum comeus, paucispiral, with about 3 whorls, nucleus a little below the center. Animal white and blind, without any trace of eyes; verge bifid, rather stout; central tooth of the radula with II denticles on the reflection, one moderately large mesocone and 5 ectoconcs on each side; lateral tooth with 8 denticles, one rather large meso- cone, 3 entocones, and 4 ectocones; marginal teeth with numerous small denticles. Height 2.4 mm., diameter 2.7 mm., aperture height 1.0 mm., diameter 1.0 mm., umbilicus diameter 0.4 mm., 3.2 whorls. Holo- type. 94 NAUTILUS Vol. 84 (3) Distribution — Missouri: Perry Co: stream in Tom Moore Cave, 3 miles north of Perryville, holotype 164173 and paratypes 164172, Field Museum of Natural History, other paratypes 38750, col- lection of the author; stieam in Berome Moore Cave, 3.5 miles northeast of Perryville (Stewart Peck, coll.) . These two caves are part of one cave system. The same stream flows through both. Figs. 1. 2, 3, Amnicola slygia Hubricht, holotype. Figs. 4, 5, 6. Antrolna culveri Hubricht, holotype. January, 1971 nautilus 95 Remarks — Amnicola stygia appears to be most closely related to A. limosa (Say), the verges being identical. The shell, how- ever, is qtiite different. It is more depressed, being wider than high; with a more open umbilicus. The aperture is circular, and the shell has fewer whorls. In life the shells are coated with a thick black deposit. Antrobia, new genus Description — Shell small, conical, higher than wide, whorls 3.5, aperture roundly oval; peristome continuous, lip simple, colum- ella not thickened; umbilicus open; operculum thin, subhya- line, paucispiral. Animal white and blind; verge simple, tapering to a point, without appendages, attached to the center of the back and lying on the right side, when at rest curled forward in nearly a full circle so that the tip rests at the center of the back near the point of attachment. Radula similar to that of Amnicola but the mesocone of the central tooth is not enlarged, being only slightly larger than the adjacent ectocones, there are 5 ectocones on each side and 2 basocones; lateral teeth with 8 denticles which are very similar in size; marginals with numerous very fine teeth; the denticles of the central and lateral teeth are about as long as wide and are blunt; the teeth of the marginals are slender and sharp. Type species: Antrobia culveri, new species. Antrobia culveri, neiu species (Figs. 4, 5, 6) Description — Shell small, conical, pale-yellow, subhyaline; Avhorls 3.5, well-rounded, the last whorl lightly appressed to the preceding ^vhorl, sutures deep, nuclear whorl depressed; umbilicus open, about 6.5 times in the diameter of the shell; aperture nearly round, peristome complete across parietal margin, adnate to pre- ceding whorl; lip thin, sinuous, columellar margin straight, basal and outer margins ^vell rounded; sculpture of many fine spiral lines; opercuhim corneous, paucispiral, with about 3.5 whorls, nucleus a little below and to the left of center. Animal white and blind, without any trace of eyes, verge sim- ple, tapering to a point, oval in cross section, attached to the center of the back and lying on the right side; central tooth of the radula with 11 denticles on the reflection, the mesocone only slightly larger than the adjoining ectocones, 5 ectocones on each side; lateral tooth with 8 denticles, 3 entocones, 1 small mesocone, 96 NAUTILUS Vol. 84 (3) and 4 ectocones; marginal teetli with numerous small denticles. Height 2.3 mm., diameter 2.0 mm., aperture height 1.2 mm., diameter 1.1 nun., umbilicus diameter 0.3 m., 3.5 whorls. Holo- type. Distributio7i — Missouri: Taney Co.: stream in Tumbling Creek Cave, 4.5 miles northeast of Protem (David Culver; Thomas Aley; L. Hubricht, colls.), holotype 164171 and paratypes 164170 FMNH., other paratypes 36263, 36840, 38780 collection of the author. Antrobia culveri could not be readily confused with any other species of Hydrobiidae of the central United States. The only species with which the shell might be confused is Amnicola stygia, but in that species the shell is wider than high and the nuclear whorl is not depressed. My thanks to Field Museum of Natural History, Chicago, for having Miss Claire Vanderslice, Illustrator in Lower Inverte- brates, prepare the shell figures used in this paper. THE ECOLOGICAL SIGNIFICANCE OF THYASIRA BISECTA CONRAD i By SABURO KANNO Tokyo University of Education, Tokyo, Japan Specimens of Thyasira bisecta Conrad have been reported from Cenozoic strata ranging in age from Eocene to Pleistocene in tlie northern Pacific (Taiwan, Japan, Sakhalin, Kamchatka, Alaska, Washington, Oregon, California) . Because most of these occur- rences are from dark-colored muddy rocks, this bivalve has gen- erally been regarded as a deep-water species. Included herein are several records of living specimens of T. bisecta from the north- western coast of North America and from the Japanese Islands. These data modify some of the earlier concepts of this species as an indicator of a deep-water environment. Tfiyasira bisecta has great variation in shape, and some paleon- tologists have considered these variations as distinct species or subspecies, whereas others have considered all these variations in form as a single species. I have observed these variations in shape but am inclined to consider them as one species. Krishtof- ovich's (1936) "Thyasira bisecta group" is the same as my broad ' Submitted in honor of Leo George Hertlein; see voL 84, no. 2, Oct. 1970. January, 1971 nautilus 97 concept of T. bisecta, and I consider Conchocele disjuncta Gabb to be a synonym of T. bisecta. Although those specimens taken from localities 5 and 7 were shore collections, they had some periostracmn and the matching valves were intact. Specimens from locality 7 were collected from raised beach deposits caused by the uplift which accompanied the 1964 Alaskan Earthquake (Plafker, 1967) . According to Plafker the locality in Macleod Harbor, Montague Island, was uplifted about 10 meters by die earthquake. Moreover, all specimens from locality 7 are articulated and in such fresh condition that they probably represent in situ living specimens. Thus, Recent speci- mens can inhabit depths of less than 10 meters where the average temperature is about 6.6°C in February and 12.5°C in August. No living specimens were collected off Shikoku and Cape Erimo, Japan (localities 1 and 4) , but the valves are articulated with some periostracum (Kuroda, 1938; Habe, 1961) . The data in Table 1 show that Thyasira bisecta is commonly found on a mud or fine-sand substrate in water ranging in temper- ature TiOm 1.5°C to 12.5°C. T. bisecta has a very great bathy- metric range, from less than 10 meters to as much as 700 meters. This species is found in shallow water in boreal regions but is restricted to deep water in subtropical areas. Recent, as well as fossil, specimens have some variation in form. Specimens from off Mishima Island (locality 2) have a large and quadrate form, whereas the othe/s have a produced and oblique form. The specimens from locality 2 were the ones from which Nakajima (1958) made his anatomical study and are known as Thyasira bisecta var. nipponica. Parker (1964) has also found this variety off the island of Timor in the East Indies. The writer assumes that the geographical and bathymetrical dis- tribution, as well as variation in size and shape, are to some ex- tent affected by water temperature. Fossil specimens of Thyasira bisecta are extremely variable in shape, and the greatest amount of variation is in the apical angle. These varietal forms and their intermediates commonly occur in the same geological horizon or even in the same outcrop (Makiyama, 1934; Kanno, 1960) . Generally speaking, the type having an acute angle is rather common from the Paleogene and also from Pliocene to Recent, whereas the large quadrate form 98 NAUTILUS Vol. 84 (3) January, 1971 nautilus 99 is rather common in middle and upper Miocene strata where T. bisecta attains its maxinumi size. The first appearance ol Thyasira bisecta is in the late Eocene or early Oligocene (Poronai formation) in Japan and in the Eocene (Tighil series) on the west coast of Kamchatka (Krishtofovich, 1936). The specimens from the Poronai formation are associated with AkebioconcJia ezocnsis (Yokoyama) in a biohermal deposit, and both Akcbiconclia ezoensis and Thyasira bisecta occur in closely packed articulated valves. Botli of these species are rep- resented by shells of all growth stages. A few species of Akebi- eriphery, descend- ing at the aperture where the carina slightly overhangs it. Color bluish green above the carina, lighter on the spire, the early post- nuclear whorls, keel, peristome, and parietal callus bluish white, with a small, yellow, irregular stain near the protoconch. Aper- ture oblique, semilunate, well-rounded but distorted at die pe- riphery by the keel. Palatal lip slightly thickened, shortly ex- panded, merging basally in a rounded angle with the columella. Parietal callus thickened, lustrous, minutely and regularly punc- tate, bluish white in umbilical region, bounded parietally by a dark bluish green band which widens as it curves around the white portion and enters deep into the aperture along the upper half. Columella white, diagonal, lightly inflated above, shortly rounded below, terminating in a short, rounded thickening of the basal lip. Suture well-impressed. Sculpture of variously strong, diagonal growth lines only, surface minutely punctate. Lineolations inside the shell substance not distinct, separated by narrow intervals, irregularly sinuous. Protoconch I1/2 whorls, white with irregular yellow blotch at the suture, minutely punc- tate. Periostracum thin, strong, glossy. Operculum unknown, height width 11.2 mm. 7.1 mm. Remarks — This specimen was figured by both Gray (1825) and Sowerby (1847) in somewhat exaggerated colors. A keel is not January, 1971 nautilus 105 Iig. 1. Hcliciua prasinata Jacobson aiul (llcncli, Nfic species, Holotype, 9.6 mm. ill height. Fig. 2. Heliciua grayi Jacolisoii and Clench, new species. Holotype, 7.1 mm. in height. unusual in Neotropical Hcliciua but H. grayi differs from the •other keeled forms (licati Pfeiffer from Grenada, amocna Pfeiffer from Mexico and Central America, salleaua Gray from Mexico, and ncntcUn Lamarck from Jamaica) in the more acute carina, the greenish blue color, the fragile shell texture, the more de- jDressed outline, and the relatively smaller size. It is closest to Helicina crucidtn Weinland 1880, but differs in being about twice as large, in possessing a green instead of reddish (rubella) color, in having a relatively smooth instead of a decussated sur- face, and in lacking the basal labial tooth. Gray's label in BM (NH) bears the words "S. Domingo & Cuba," but someone drew a line through the word "Cuba." As far as is known, no Cuban Helicina resembles grayi. 3. Another undescribed Helicina from the Dominican Repub- lic partially formed the basis for the remarks made by (>lench & Jaume (1946, Rev. Soc. Malac, vol. 4, p. 8), and Clench (1962, Breviora, no. 173: 2) . The shells of this species differ considerably from the type oi grayi, especially in color and in the absence of the peripheral keel. We introduce them as Helicina prasinata new species. Helincia prasinata new species Figure 1 HcUctna viridis "Lamarck." Clench & (aume, 1946, Rev. Soc. Malac, vol. 4, p. 8; Clench, 1962, Breviora no. 173, p. 2 (not Lamarck) . .i» .• Holotype, MCZ 187927, Monteado Nuevo, 20 km. S.E. of Polo, Baraliona Province, Dominican' Republic. R. .\. Howard leg. 106 NAUTILUS Vol. 84 (3 > Paratype, MCZ 90683, Loma Vieja, Constanza, La Vega Province,. Dominican Republic. P. J. Darlington, legit. Description — Shell reaching about 12 mm. in diameter, rather thin, smooth ( depressed turbinate, white or pale yellowish green under a strong, green, glossy periostiacum. Whorls about 5, barely inflated, earlier whorls slowly increasing in width, but body whorl more than twice as wide as the penult, moderately rounded, descending shortly at aperture; base slightly inflated. Color of the glossy pei"iostracum bright, grass-green, somewhat lighter and a bit olivaceous below, with a white subperipheral band; lip and basal callus greenish white. Aperture oblique, widely semilunate, white internally with the subperipheral band showing through. Palatal lip gently but distinctly expanded, less so at either termi- nation, narrowly reflected near columella where it has a very low, tooth-like protuberance. Parietal area with an irregular, glossy wash, pale yellowish green or white, not raised. Columella di- agonal, evenly and widely rounded below, slightly convex above. Suture weakly impressed with a very narrow, weakly delimited, white band at summit of the whorls. Sculpture of fine, diagonal growth lines crossed by numerous, closely set, subequidistant spiral cords, obsolescent on the base. Protoconch 1 1/^ whorls, rounded, minutely pitted, light yellowish green, barely raised above succeeding whorls. Periostracum strong, glossy, bearing the green color. Opercidum thin, light buff, translucent, with a slightly raised, marginal ridge on the inner edge, height width 9.6 mm 11.7 mm Holotype 9.7 12.3 Paratype Remarks — The shells of this new species can be confused with those of Helicina gahbi Crosse, but are readily distinguished from the latter by their smaller size, less solid substance, and especially the distinctly expanded lip. In the two specimens of the type-lot the only color seems to be either grassy or olivaceous green with a greenish-white subperipheral band; the vivid red- dish or brown color foinid in so many specimens of gabbi and in the smaller viridis, is absent or appears as a slight tinge which renders the green on the base somewhat olivaceous. The parietal callus of gabbi is relatively larger, raised, and more sharply delimited. The closely set, narrow spiral cords of prasinata are January, 1971 nautilus 107 absent in gabhi. The new sj>ecies is larger than viridis Lamarck '.md is lurtherniore distingnished by its lack ol brown color and its more Haring lip. The green color ot prasinnta reseml)les that of Papuina puIcherriuKi Rensdi from Manus Island, Bisnuirck Archipelago. From its shape, texture, and flaring lip, the new species seems to l)elong in HeUcina s. v., the type-sj>ecies of which is H. ni'vitrUa Lamarck from Jamaica. The trivial name of the new species is based u|X)ii the Greek Avord for green. 4. Clench & Jaumc (1916, Rev. .Soc. Mai., vol. 4, jj. 8) listed ■some localities for Hcllciua viridis. Upon examining the lots in the MCZ upon wliicli these data are based, we find that the sjiecimens should be referred to H. gabbi. The localities where xhe true viridis is found are the ones given for juliae (q. v.). A NEW SPECIES OF ASHMUNELLA FROM THE DAVIS MOUNTAINS IN WEST TEXAS Hv t:.l'. CIHKATUM Biology Dtpartmeiil. Southern Methodist ITniveisity. Dallas. Texas 75222 Ashmunella mudgei, neio species. FigS- 1-4. The glossy upper surface of this tannish-colored shell is slightly convex with the upper margin of the basal whorl carin- ated. The embryonic whorl is ornamented with fine delicate striae which on the protoconch are rather diflluse, then becoming regular with a beaded effect. Progressing from the embryonic ivhorl outward the striae become more conspicuous and the growth lines on the basal whorl are slightly coarser with a series of elevated ridges topped with white just back of the peristome. The lip is reflected outward and tipward thus producing a wide, deep groove just back of the lip. The shell's umbilicus is con- tained slightly over 4 times in the shell diameter. The lower sur- face of the basal whorl is glossy with fine striae that extend from the carinated margin down into the umbilical region. L^jdou the parietal Avail is an erect tooth slightly curved and shouldered at its proximal and distal ends, the jjroximal end continues as a distinct callus which is deflected toward the insertion of the outer li]x On the upper j^art of the parietal wall and slightly within the aperture is a rather short, shallow, straight dome- shaped tooth. Within the inner basal lip are two erect teeth pro- 108 NAUTILUS Vol. 84 (3) Figs. 1-4. Ashviunella mudgei Cheatum, new species. Holotype, 16.9 mm. in diameter. ducing a deep horseshoe-shape cleft between the teeth, the outer of these teeth is slightly concave on its outer siuface. Within the outer lip is an elongated ridge-like tooth which is in length the approximal distance (2.5 mm.) between the innei- and outer margins of the lower palatal teeth. The conspicuously reflected outer lip is a glossy white, except for its outer end which has a faint pinkish tint. A buttressed base is evident at the point where the outer lip meets the basal whorl. Six and one-half whorls. Diameter Height Dallas Museum Nat. Hist. 0087 Dallas Museum Nat. Hist. 0087A Dallas Museum Nat. Hist. 0087A Dallas Museum Nat. Hist. 0087A Dallas Museum Nat. Hist. 0O87A Dallas Museum Nat. Hist. 0087A Dallas Museum Nat. Hist. 0087A Comments — This new sj>ecies of Ashmunella has been named for Mr. Ned Mudge, naturalist-philantliropist, and benefactor of Southern Methodist University and the Dallas Museum of Nat- ural History. This new species was collected on a snail-collecting Holotype 16.9 mm. 7.3 mm. Para types 16.6 mm. 6.3 mm. 17.5 mm. 7.8 mm. 15.7 mm. 6.9 mm. 15.6 mm. 6.9 mm. 15.6 mm. 7.2 mm. 15.7 mm. 6.9 mm. January, 1971 nautilus 109 expedition to the Trans. Pecos of Texas. The trip was sponsored by the Dallas Museum of Natural History. Accompanying the writer was Mr. Hal Kirby, Director of the Museum and Mr. Rich- ard Fullington, Curator of Invertebrates at the Museum. The type locality is about half-way up in an unnamed canyon on die south sloi>e of Sawtooth Mountain in the Davis Mountain range at an altitude ranging from 5000 to 6000 feet. The majority of the shells collected were foimd in pack rat nests. Since the collection was made during the month of November, the snails were hibernating and as a consequence our search for living ani- mals was fruitless. Only two shells were found that had retained the original color; the others foimd in the nests of pack rats were bleached. Ashmunella mudgei of the Mearnsi Group shows a close re- semblance to Ashmunella beqiiaerti Clench and Miller (1966) which comes from the Davis Mountains. Shells of beqiiaerti given me by Lloyd Pratt of the Fort Worth Museum of Natural History, who collected them in Goat Cave Canyon on the Black Moun- tain of the Davis Mountains, and paratypes loaned me by MCZ and also collected in Goat Cave Canyon, exhibit a marked simi- larity in the shape and position of the parietal and palatal teeth. However, beqiiaerti is a much smaller species with the average diameter of shells I have examined not exceeding 12 mm. and a height of 3.6 mm. The periphery of the basal whorl in bequaerti is more sharply carinated and extended than in mudgei; the striae on the upper surface approach a rib-striate appearance and pustu- late wliereas in mudgei the upper surface is glossy and the striae much more subdued. In bequaerti the parietal teeth of the shells which I have examined, rest upon a thin white crdlus, whereas in mudgei this callus is absent. The number of whorls in beqiiaerti is 6 whereas there are 6i/4 whorls on the average in mudgei. Grateful acknowledgment is due Dr. William Clench of the Museum of Comparative Zoology for confirmation of this species. LriERATURE CrrF.i) Clench, W. J. and Millei', W. B., 1966. A New Species of Ashmu- nella from West Texas (Mollusca: Pulmonata) ; Breviora, M.C.Z., no. 244, pp. 1-6. 110 NAUTILUS Vol. 84 (3) ATHEARNIA, NEW NAME FOR A GENUS OF PLEUROCERID SNAILS. By J. V. E. MORRISON Division of Mollusks, United States National Museum, Washington, D.C. 20560 The name Ewycaelon of Lea (1864, p. 3) has been incor- rectly used for a number of years. Bryant Walker (1918, p. 36), Thiele (1929, p. 193), Calvin Goodrich (1931, p. 3), Wenz (1939, p. 700) and Morrison (1952, p. 7: 1954, p. 362) , all used this name with Anculosa anthonyi Redfield as the type species, "by subsequent designation by Walker". Contrary to the state- ment of Wenz, Tryon (1883) gave no type designations. In fact, Nevill (1885, p. 205) had previously designated Gonio- basis iimbonatn Lea (1864, p. 3), the first species described un- der the name, as the type species of Eurycaelon. This species was also recorded as the type species by Hannibal (1912, p. 168), al- though his identification of umbonata was erroneous. Critical examination proved to me thirty years ago that the holotype of Goniobasis umbonata Lea (U.S.N.M. :^1 19657) is a specimen of Pleurocera geniciilata Haldeman 1840 from the Cumberland River, with the lowei- portion of the aperture imperfect, in the process of additional growth. In other words, Eurycaelon Lea 1864 is biologically synonymous with Pleurocera Rafinesque 1818, and with Lithasia Haldeman 1840. The synonymy is: Pleurocera Rafinesque 1818, fixed on Pleurocera verucosa Raf., by monotypy in 1820. Lithasia Haldeman 1840, with the type species Lithasia geniculata Haldeman 1840, by original monotypy. Eurycaelon Lea 1864, with the type species Goniobasis umbonata Lea 1864, by subsequent designation by Nevill 1885. The generic name here proposed is Athearnia, to include the two species, Anculosa anthonyi Redfield 1854 from the Holston and Tennessee Rivers, and Anculosa crassa Haldeman 1842 of the Clinch River. It is given in honor of Herbert Athearn, who re-discovered the type species anthonyi Redfield living in north- west Georgia more than ten years ago. Tryon (1873, p. 348) recorded it from "west Georgia." It was still living in South Chickamauga Creek, 7 miles N.N.W. of Ringgold, Catoosa County, Georgia, on May 16, 1960. In a small way, this will January, 1971 nautilus 111 honor Athcarn's continuing elTorts to complete the study of the remaining Tennesseean Molluscan fauna before it is "improved" and/or polluted out of existence. References Goodrich, C. 1931. The Pleurocerid genus Eurycaelon, Occ. Papers, Mus. Zool., Univ. Mich., no. 223, pp. 1-9, pi. 1. Haldeman, S. S. 1840. A Monograph of the Limniades or Fresh- water Univalve Shells of North America, supplement to no. 1., p. I. — — , 1842. Ibid., no. 4, p. 3 of cover. Hannibal, H. 1912. Synopsis Recent & Tertiary Freshwater Mol- lusca, Californian Province., Proc. Malac. Soc. London, vol. 10, pp. 112-211. Lea, Isaac. 1864. Descriptions of eleven new species of Indigenous Melanidae, Proc. A.N.S.P. 1864, pp. 3-5. Morrison, J. P. E. 1952. World Relations of the Melanians, A.M.U. Annual Report for 1951, pp. 6-9. , 1954. Relationships of Old and New World Melanians, Proc. U.S.N.M., vol. 103 (no. 3325), pp. 338-394, pi. 11. Nevill, G. 1885. Hand List, Mollusca, Indian Museum, Calcutta, Part II, pp. 1-306. (Eurycaelon p. 205) . Rafinesque, C. S. 1818. Discoveries in Nat. History., etc. . . . Am. Monthly Mag. and Critical Review, N. Y., vol. 3, p. 354. , 1820. Annals of Nature, etc., Philadelphia, 1st Annual Number, pp. 10-11. Redfield, J. H. 1854. Descriptions of New Species of Shells, Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y., vol. 6, pp. 130-132, pi. 1. Thielc, J. 1929. Handbuch Syst. Weichtierk, vol. 1. pp. 1-376, 170 text figs. Tryon, G. W. 1873. Land & Fresh Water Shells of North America, IV, Strepomatidae, Smith. Miscell. Coll., no. 253, pp. 1-435, 838 text figs. 1883. Structural k Syst. Concholog)', vol. 2, p. 257, pi. 71. fig. 12. Walker, Bryant. 1918. Synopsis Classification Freshwater Mol- lusks, N. Amer., N. of Mexico., Misc. Publ., Mus. Zool., Univ. Mich., no. 6, pp. 1-213, text figs. Wenz, W. 1939. Handbuch der Palaozoologie, Gastropoda, vol. 6, (3), p. 700. NEWS The Fourth Annual Meeting of the Western Society of Malacolgists will be held at Asilomar, Pacific Grove, Cali- fornia, June 16th to 19th, 1971. Executive Board members for the year are: President, Dr. Eugene V. Coan; First Vice-Presi- 112 NAUTILUS Vol. 84 (3) dent, Mrs. Beatrice Burcli; Second Vice-President, Dr. Waircn O. Addicott; Senetary, Mrs. Mary D'Aiuto; Treasurer, Mr. Ralph O. Fox; Members-at-Large, Mr. Barry Roth and Dr. James H. McLean; Three Past Presidents, Mr. David K. Mulliner, Dr. William K. Emerson, and Dr. Myra Keen. Inquiries about the meeting and applications for membership should be sent to the Secretary, Mrs. Mary D'Aiuto, 804 Fielding Drive, Palo Alto, California— 94303. The Fourth European Malacological Congress will be held in Geneva, Switzerland, from September 7 to 11, 1971. It will follow a one-day meeting of museum curators in charge of Mol- luscs, devoted to the discussion of curatorial problems and collab- oration. The meetings will take place in the new Museum of Natural History and eventually also in tJie University buildings. All malacologists are cordially invited. Accommodation will be arranged by the Tourist office in hotels and the Student hostel. Congress fee is S.Fr. 30. — (about $7. — ) for members and corres- ponding members of U.M.E., S.Fr. 40. — (about |9. — ) for non members, S.Fr. 15. — (about $3.50) for students and accompanying persons. If you are interested and have not received tJie circidars, please contact the president. Dr. E. Binder, for more detailed informa- tion: IV European Malacological Congiess, Museum of Natural History, CH- 1211 Geneva 6, Switzerland. Ernst Marcus, marine zoologist and professor at the University of Sao Paulo, Brazil, died on June 30, 1968. He was born in Berlin on June 8, 1893, and emigrated to Brazil in 1936. He published extensively on Bryozoa, turbellarid worms and mollusks. Many of his papers were done jointly with his wife Eveline, whom he married in 1924, and who continues their research on the opistho- branchs. A biobibliography was published in vol. 108, Atti Soc. Ital. Sci. Nat. Museo Civ. St. Nat. Milano, Dec. 1968. PUBLICATIONS RECEIVED Crowley, T.E. and Thomas Pain, 1970. A monographic revision of the African land snails of the genus Limicolaria Schumacker (Mollusca — Achatinidae) . Annales, Mus. Royal de I'Afrique Central, Tervuren, series 8, no. 177, pp. 1-61, 6 pis. January, 1971 nautilus iii La Rocque, Aur^le. 1966-1970. Pleistocene Mollusca of Ohio. Bull. 62, Geological Survey of Ohio. 4 parts. Numerous excellent il- lustrations and maps useful to Recent workers. $2.75 per part. Ohio Division of Geol. Survey, 1207 Grandview Ave., Columbus. Ohio 43212. Johnstone, Kathleen V. 1970. Collecting Seashells. 198 pp., 6 color pis., numerous text figs. A charming, well-written and accurate account of the personal collecting experiences of a knowledgeable amateur conchologist. Grosset and Dunlap, N.Y. $5.95. A Sheller's Directory of Clubs, Books, Periodicals and Dealers. (2nd edition). 52 pp. 1970. $1.00, from Tom Rice, P.O. Box 33, Port Gamble, Wash, 98364. Useful, especially for hobbyists. Weaver, Clifton S. and John E. du Pont. 1970. The Living Vo- lutes. XV 4- 375 pp., 79 colored pis., 44 text figs., 13 maps. $55.00. Delaware Museum of Natural History, Greenville, Del. 19807. Rosewater, Joseph. 1970. 1 he family Littorinidae in the Indo- Pacific. Pt. 1. The subfamily Littorininae. Indo-Pacific Mollusca, vol. 2, no. 11, pp. 417-506 [pp. 05-261 to 05-410], pis. 325 (in color) to 387. $6.30. Del. Mus. Nat. Hist., Greenville, Del. HJ807. WORLD WIDE SPECIMEN SHELLS for sale. New 1970 Price List on request. "Illustrated Catalog of Popular Mar- ginella Species" nov^^ available also, 117 species shown with full data and values listed with cover in color. Price $2.00. PHILLIP W. CLOVER Apartado de Correos 22 Rota Cadiz, Spain WILLIAM H. WEEKS SHELL COLLECTION: New price lists of this famous collection, with full scientific data, are in prepa- ration. Many new additions of fine and rare sjjecies are also included. To obtain free copies write: George E. Jacobs, 853 Riverside Drive, New York 32, N. Y. LIVING VOLUTES A Monograph of the Recent Volutidae of the World by Clifton S. Weaver and John E. du Pont This is tlie first scholarly review of this colorful and popular group of seashells within the last hundred years. Over 200 species and subspecies are beautifully illustrated in full natural colors on 79 plates. Color photographs of liv- ing animals in their natural habitats add splendor to this remarkable book. Dozens of carefully executed anatomical drawings and distributional maps supplement the lucid scientific text to enable easy identification. Hundreds of de- tailed synonomies are given. 375 pages, 9x12 inches Text figures and maps 79 full-color plates Bound. Price: $55.00 Swainson's EXOTIC CONCHOLOGY now available at a startlingly low price! Now only $13.75 (formerly $30.00) The few remaining copies of this unusual facsimile have been purchased by the Delaware Museum of Natural History and are now made available practically at cost to all libraries, scientists and amateur conchologists. 48 beautiful, colored plates, representing a faithful reproduction of Swainson's 1834 and 1841 classic, together with the original text and a modern analysis by R. Tucker Abbott and Nora McMillan. Handsomely bound, gilt-edged on 3 sides and in full 9x12 inch page size. A useful and rare work belonging in the library of every lover of mollusks. Both available from your favorite book dealer or directly from the Delaware Museum of Natural History Greenville, Delaware 19807, U.S.A. Vol. 84 APRIL, 1971 No.^ THE NAUTILUS i I I -? o THE PILSBRY QUARTERLY DEVOTED TO THE INTERESTS OF CONCHOLOGISTS EDITORS AND PUBLISHERS R. Tucker Abbott, du Pont Chair of Malacology Delaware Museum of Natural History, Greenville, Del. 19807 Charles B. Wurtz, Biology Deparimeni ; ; ^ La Salle College, Philadelphia, Pa. 1914E .BiolOgiC2l Lo'Xra Jry __^_____.^___ L- I B R A r^ ' ' \ APR 3 01971 CONTENTS I . WOODS HOLE, imS. A deep water Omalogyra in the Western Atl^tntic • — By Donald R. Moore 113 A scanning electron microscope study of the marginal teeth of Nerita peloronta Linnaeus. By Ronald Frank Thomas .... 118 A new Ashmunella (Polygyridae) from Dofia Ana County, New Mexico. By A. L. Metcalf and P. A. Hurley 120 On a sinistral chondropomine from Jamaica. By M. K. Jacobson and K. J. Boss 127 Strombus gigas Linnaeus from the Bowden Formation, Jamaica. By Peter Jung 129 Anatomy and geographic distribution of the succineid gastro- pod, Succinea vaginae ontorta Lee. By D. S. Franzen 131 Notes and News 143 Publications received .... 146 $5.00 per year ($5.75 to Foreign Countries) $1.50 a copy. Mrs. Horace B. Baker, Business Manager 11 Chelten Road, Havertown, Pennsylvania 19083 Second Class Postage paid at Spring House, Pa. NAUTILUS: A quarterly journal devoted to the study of mollusks, edited and published by R. Tucker Abbott and Charles B. Wurtz. Business and subscription manager: Mrs. Horace B. Baker, 11 Chelten Road, Havertown, Pennsylvania, U.S.A. 19083. AUTHORS PLEASE NOTE Matter for publication should be sent to the editor-in-chief, Dr. R. Tucker Abbott, Delaware Museum of Natural History, Greenville, Delaware 19807. Please give your reprint order, if any, when submitting your manuscript. Kindly attempt to conform with the format of the journal, including the style of the references cited and the use of figure numbers of the illustrations. Please correct and return galley proof within 24 hours. The editors reserve the right to ignore unnecessary changes. Authors are charged for engraving blocks of photographs or drawings at cost. Minimum charge for each block is $3.00. The publishers resei-ve the right, seldom exercised, to charge $40 per pafge of text for state or federally financed research in order to cover costs. Reprints are furnished at printer's rates. Orders should be written on OR ATTACHED TO FIRST PAGE OF MANUSCRIPT. REPRINTS are shipped, with invoices, by PONY PRINTING, 4 Cloverdale Avenue, Upper Darby, Pennsyl- vania 19082. PURCHASE ORDERS, when required, and shipping instruc- tions, MUST accompany original orders. Extra clerical or bookkeeping work because of delayed receipt of purchase orders will be charged for accordingly. TEXT PAPER 2pp. 4pp. 8pp. 12 pp. 16pp. First, 100 copies 3.70 8.20 16.40 24.40 30.60 Additional 100 80 2.95 6.50 9.90 1 1.45 PLATE PAPER First 100 copies 4.00 8.75 17.45 25.95 32.70 Additional 100 1.05 3.50 7.55 11. 45 13.55 Prices subject to change without notice. Postage extra. The Nautilus is an official organ of the American Malacological Union. Infonnation regarding membership in the Union may be obtained from Mrs. Marion S. Hubbard, 3957 Marlow Ct., Seaford, N. Y. 11783. Back Issues: Vols. 1-71, if available, can be obtained from Kraus Periodi- cals, Inc., 16 East 46th Street, New York, N. Y. 10017. Vols. 72 to date are available from the Nautilus, 1 1 Chelten Road, Havertown, Pennsyl- vania 19083, and vary in price. In satisfaction of postal regulation 132-622. Owners (but non-profit) : Mrs. Horace B. Baker, Dr. Charles B. Wurtz, Dr. R. Tucker Abbott. Paid subscriptions: 575, shipped by mail. THE NAUTILUS Vol.84 April, 1971 No.4 HORACE BURRINGTON BAKER, 1889-1971 We regret to announce the death of Dr. H. B. Baker, Editor Emeritus, on March 11, 1971, in Havertown, Pa. An obituary will appear in the next issue. BlB^n^^BB A DEEP WATER OMALOGYRA IN THE WESTERN ATLANTIC By Donald R. Moore University of Miami Rosenstiel School of Marine and Atmospheric Sciences 10 Rickenbacker Causeway Miami, Florida 33149 In a recent paper, Bullock (1969) reported another find of the microgastropod, Omalogyra atomus, from the New England coast. This is a fairly well-known shallow water species in western Europe which has also been found on the coasts of Iceland, Greenland, and, rarely, from the northeastern United States. It is not well known, however, that a deep water species {Omalogyra densicostata Jeffreys, 1884) has been reported from two widely separated west- ern Atlantic localities. O. densicostata was described (JefTreys, 1884) from two speci- mens collected by the "Porcupine," station 16 and 17a, in 600 to 1095 fathoms (1098 to 2002 m), off the coast of Portugal. These two specimens were figured. A third specimen, collected by the "Bulldog" in 1622 fathoms (2967 m) on the continental slope off Labrador was also included in the original description. Additional specimens from the western Atlantic were reported from off the West Indian island of Gulebra in 390 fathoms (715 m) from the "Challenger" expedition dredgings (Watson, 1886). The "Bulldog" specimen was kept by Jeffreys, and went to the U. S. National Museum when the Jeffreys collection was purchased Contribution No. 1183 from the University of Miami, Rosenstiel School of Marine and Atmospheric Sciences, 10 Rickenbacker Causeway, Miami, Florida. 113 1 14 NAUTILIUS Vol. 84 (4) by the Smithsonian Institution. When examined by the writer, this specimen was found to difTer from Jeffreys figures and descriptions as follows : The axial ribs on the "Bulldog" specimen are not crowded since the spaces in between are wider, at least on the inner part of the whorls. The description of O. densicostata states "sculpture, ex- tremely numerous and close-set striae in the earlier and middle stages of growth, which ultimately disappear and become microscopic lines; the upper part of the periphery as well as the base of the shell are encircled by a sharp keel which intersects the spiral striae." The "Bulldog" specimen has a weak spiral keel on either side be- tween suture and periphery; the ribs inside the keel are not as numerous as on the outer portion of the shell. For each inner rib, there are two or three outer ribs. Jeffreys apparently did not examine the "Bulldog" specimen as carefully as the others, and so missed tlie different sculpture. How- ever, this is also true of Dall (1927), for he described another specimen from the western Atlantic without noticing the peculiar sculpture. This specimen came from "Albatross" station 2668, 30°58'N, 79°38'W, 294 fathoms (538 m), off Fernandina, Florida. Dall placed his specimen in the genus Lippistes, and stated that "the shell may not be mature." This species was only briefly described, and never illustrated. An amplified description is given below. Omalogyra planorbis (Dall, 1927) Lippistes planorbis Dall, 1927, p. 131. Description — The shell (1.3 mm.) is planispiral and looks like a minute ammonite. The protoconch is equally visible on both sides, and the sculpture is also identical on both sides. The protoconch is initially somewhat bulbous and consists of one whorl. The teleoconch is another one and one-half whorls. The suture is deeply impressed and the axial ridges project inwards a little beyond the suture. The sculpture consists of numerous axial ridges. Halfway out to the peripheiy, these ridges branch two or three times. There is a weak discontinuous keel formed where the branching occurs. The ridges disappear as they approach the periphery, and this region is quite smooth. There are about 40 axial ridges on the inner part of the teleoconch. Some of the branched ridges on the outer part of the shell are indistinct, making a count difficult. Holotype — U.S.N.M. No. 108091. Maximum diameter, 1.36 mm, height, 0.62 mm. April, 1971 NAUTILUS 115 Type Loca/z7>--30°58'N, 79°38'W; depth, 294 fathoms (538 m). Remarks — The type is broken around tlie aperture, and is some- what worn. The sculpture on the inner part of the whorl is, how- ever, well presei"ved. The shell is white in color without any trace of color pattern although it might originally have been some shade of brown like other species in the family Omalogyridae. The resemblance of the specimen to an ammonite is striking. Not only is it planispiral with each side a mirror image of the other, but the peculiar type of sculpture is also found in many species of ammonites. The shape of the shell reflects the way of life of the Omalogyridae, for the shell is not carried with the under surface resting on the foot. Instead, the shell is carried with the aperture directed forward, and with the plane of the coiling aligned in an anterior-posterior direction. Thus, the entire animal appears to be bilaterally symmetrical when crawling. The holotype is slightly larger than the "Bulldog" specimen, and has a somewhat larger protoconch. It also appears to have finer sculpture, but, since the holotype is worn, this feature is difficult to evaluate. Since there were only two specimens to compare, the amount of specific variation is unknown. The two specimens are very similar in size and shape, and have the same type of sculpture. They should be considered conspecific until additional material makes it possible to determine the range in variation of the species. Clarke (1962) overlooked the "Bulldog" specimen when he tabulated the list of mollusk species known from depth of more than a thousand fathoms. Actually, he probably should have in- cluded O. densicostata on the basis of the European specimens since Jeffreys gave the following locations for his species: Sta. 16 — 39°55'N, 95°6'W, 994 fathoms; Sta. 17— 39°42'N, 9°43'W, 600 to 1095 fathoms. The second locality is given as sta. 17a, but no statement was made as to the precise depth at which this dredge haul was made. The specimens of O. densicostata reported from "Challenger" station 24 in 390 fathoms off the island of Culebra, between Puerto Rico and the Virgin Islands, are possibly another species. Watson had a keen eye for detail on small species, and would hardly have missed the odd sculpture found on the specimens discussed above. In addition, his specimens must have been very small from his state- ment on the size of his material. A more likely record for O. densi- 116 NAUTILUS Vol. 84 (4) costata is that of Dautzenberg (1889) for the Azores. However, his material was from shallow water, and may represent still another species. Nordsieck (1968) has synonomyzed O. densicostata with Ammonicera fischeriana ( Monterosato, 1869), apparently with no justification whatsoever. The description and figures of A. fischeriana by both Monterosato (1869) and Vayssiere (1893) differ con- siderably, except in size, from O. densicostata. The figure of O. sim- plex (Costa, 1861) is, however, very close to that of O. densicostata and probably represents the same species. Tryon (1887) only added to the confusion surrounding the species. He gave the locality of the "Bulldog" specimen as "ofT Newfoundland" when the locality is actually due east of Jack Lane Bay, Labrador, and is nearly 300 miles north of Newfoundland. Tryon also synonomyzed O. densicostata with Skenea trilix Bush, \Q2>5 = CyclostreTniscus pentagonus (Gabb, 1873), a very different species belonging to the Vitrinellidae. Omalogyra planorbis (Dall) is thus a rather deep water species of the family ranging from 294 to 1622 fathoms (538 to 2967 m). Its known distribution is on the continental slope of the western North Adantic from 30°58'N to 55°36'N. Too little material is known at present to be able to say anything concerning the species physical requirements as to temperature, type of bottom, and so forth. Both localities, however, are well out to sea, so it is highly unlikely that the specimens came from shallow water. The high latitude of the "Bulldog" specimen appears to rule out the possi- bility that the specimens came from drifting seaweed. The species seems to be another mollusk that is poorly known mostly because of its small size. Acknowledgements: I would like to thank the personnel of the Division of Mollusks, U.S. National Museum, for many courtesies and assistance in my research. This work was supported by National Science Foundation Grants GB-5055 (UM 8753) and GB-8284 (UM 8214). The excellent figure was drawn by Mrs. Barbara Lidz Miller. References Cited Bullock, R.C. 1969. Omalogyra atomus (Philippi) from Maine. Nautilus, 55(2) : 70-71. Clarke, A.H. 1962. Annotated list and bibliography of the abyssal marine molluscs of the world. Nat.Mus.Canada Bull.. 181 : 1-114. April, 1971 NAUTILUS 117 Fig. 1. Omalogyra planorbis (Dall). Holotype, 1.36 mm in major diam- eter, from oflF the east coast of north Florida. Costa, O.G. 1861. Microdoride mediterranea o descrizione de' poco ben conosciuti od affatto ignoti viventi minuti e micoscropici del Mediterraneo. Napoli. i-xviii, 1-80, 13 pis. Dall, W.H. 1927. Small shells from dredgings off the southeast coast of the United States by the United States Fisheries Steamer "Albatross" in 1885 and 1886. Proc. U.S.N.M., 70(2667) : 1-134. Dautzenberg, P. 1889. Contribution a la faune malacologique des iles Azores. Monaco Repts., Fascicule 1 : 1-112, 4 pis. Jeffreys, J.G. 1884. On the Mollusca procured during the "Light- ning" and "Porcupine" expeditions, 1868-70. (Part VII). Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1884: 111-149, pis. 9 & 10. Monterosato, T.A. 1869. Description d'especes nouvelles de la Mediterranee. J. Conchlio., 17 : 274-277. Nordsieck, F. 1968. Die europaischen Meeres — Gehauseschnecken (Prosobranchia) Vom Eismeer bis Kapverden und Mittelmeer. Gustave Fischer, Stuttgart, 1-273, 1200 figs, and 4 pis. Tryon, G.W. 1887. Man. Conch., Ser. \,9 : 1-488, 71 pis. Vayssiere, A. 1893. Observations zoologiques & anatomiques sur I'Ammonicera nouveau genre de gasteropode prosobranche. Ann.Fac.Sci. Marseille, 3 : 15-28, 1 pi. Watson, R.B. 1886. Report on the Scaphopoda and Gastropoda collected by HMS Challenger during the years 1873-1876. Chal- lenger Rep., 15 (42) : 1-756, 50 pis. 118 NAUTILUS Vol. 84(4) A SCANNING ELECTRON MICROSCOPE STUDY OF THE MARGINAL TEETH OF NERITA PELORONTA LINNAEUS By Ronald Frank Thomas Florida State University Tallahassee, Florida 32306 The extreme range of magnification, high resohition and depth of field of the scanning electron microscope permit study of the molluscan radula with greater detail than has been previously possible by viewing dried radulae or stained balsam preparations with light microscopy. Gastropods of the family Neritidae (Prosobranchia) are charac- terized by a radula containing numerous marginal teeth per row, as is typical of rhipidoglossate radulae. These teeth have been described by H. B. Baker (1923) in his extensive study of neritid radulae in which he observed marked differences in marginal teeth within a species. Only a few marginals from several species of Nerita s.s. were illustrated in his paper. Only one type of marginal tooth was drawn for A'^. peloronta, although Baker described the presence of teeth with cusps, as well as teeth without cusps, in this species. Russell (1941) gave a more complete description of A^. pclorojita marginals. He distinguished between inner marginals (no cusps). middle marginals (with about 20 fine cusps which become approxi- mately 34 coarser and longer denticles) , and outermost marginals (20 fine denticles). Again, however, no teeth were figured. The present study was undertaken to examine the marginal teeth of A^. peloronta and to determine the occurrence and morphology* of cusps on these teeth. Innermost marginal teeth (Fig. 2) were found to lack cusps, as described by Russell and Baker. These teeth are distally narrow and wide basally. Teeth located in the middle portion of a row of marginals become cuspate, each tooth bearing about 10-15 large cusps (Fig. 3) which become smaller and more numerous in teeth further towards the most lateral area of the row. These teeth are spatulate and broader distally than are the innermost marginals. Outermost marginals consist of a broad, spatulate distal region containing many fine serrations (Fig. 4) . Close examination of the marginals of N. peloronta revealed Contribution No. 1328 from the University of Miami, Rosenstiel School of Marine and Atmospheric Science, Florida 33149. Fig. 1. One-half of a radular row of N. peloronta. Scale line equals 0.2 mm. Fig. 2. Innermost marginal. Scale equals 10 /x. Fig. 3. Middle marginal. Scale equals 5 n. Fig. 4. Outermost marginal. Scale equals 5 /x. that the innermost marginals are acuspate. Middle and outermost marginals possess cusps which vary greatly in size and number. There is not a clear separation into middle and outermost margi- nals; rather there is a gradual increase in number of cusps depend- ing on the position of the tooth within the radular row. Literature Cited Baker, H.B. 1923. Notes on the radula of the Neritidae. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 75 : 117-178. Russell, H.D. 1941. The recent mollusks of the family Neritidae of the western Atlantic. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 88: 347-404. 120 NAUTILUS Vol.84 (4) A NEW ASHMUNELLA (POLYGYRIDAE) FROM DOlSJA ANA COUNTY, NEW MEXICO By Artie L. Metcalf and Patricia A. Hurley Department of Biology, The University of Texas at El Paso, 79999 Reported here is a new species of snail of the genus Ashmunella from Mount Riley, Dofia Ana County, in south-central New- Mexico. Mount Riley is located approximately 30 miles west of El Paso, Te.xas, and 33 miles southwest of Las Cruces. New Mexico. "Mount" Riley actually consists of two mountains (herein called Northeast Mt. Riley and Southwest Mt. Riley in reference to their relative positions) located mainly in the southwest part of T. 27 S, R. 2 W. Northeast Mt. Riley (mainly in Sees. 29 and 30) com- Fig. 1. Holotype of Ashmunella rileyensis new species, Mount Riley, Dona Ana Co., New Mexico (ANSP 319120). April, 1971 NAUTILUS 121 prises a major peak (5915 ft.) in its southern part and, north of a low (5160 ft.) saddle, a series of four peaks ascending stairstep-wise to the highest, northwesternmost peak (5803 ft.). A valley ca. one-half mile wide separates Northeast Mt. Riley from Southwest Mt. Riley (mainly in Sec. 31), which is smaller, more conical in shape, and with only one major peak (5957 ft.), which is centrally located. The only trees in the mountains are scattered one-seeded junipers {Junipcrus monospcrma) . Salient larger plants include broad- leaved yuccas {Tucca baccata and Y. torreyi) , sotol {Dasylirion wheeleri) , several kinds of cacti, ocotillo {Fouquieria splendens) , sumacs {Rhus micropliylla and R. trilobata) , and saltbush {Atriplex canescens) . In general, the same kind of rock is found throughout the mountains. The rock is igneous and fine-grained, possibly a dacite (Dr. Jerry M. Hoffer, pers. comm.). Dane and Bachman (1961) mapped Mt. Riley as consisting of extrusive rock of Tertiary age. The rock produces large amounts of talus, which has accumulated on slopes, especially at the heads of ravines in the mountains. All Ashmunella (except fossils) were taken by digging in this talus. A slope-wash mantle, probably of late Pleistocene age, has accumu- lated on the lower parts of some steep slopes. This sediment yielded a few fossil Ashmunella at Locality 5 (see below) . The new species was taken at the following localities shown on tlie Mt. Riley 15 minute topographic map, edition of 1929. All are in T. 27 S, R. 2W. 1. Northeast Mt. Riley. SW/4,SWj4,SWj/4, Sec. 28. From talus on east slope of mountain. 5200-5300 ft. 2. Type locality. Nordieast Mt. Riley. SWi4,NEi4, Sec. 30. From talus at head of southwest-draining ravine between 5803 ft. peak and next peak (5260 ft.) to the northwest; 3 mm NE of "0" in "30" on topo. map. ca. 5200 ft. 3. Southwest Mt. Riley. NEi4,SE/4,NW|4, Sec. 31. From prominent talus accumulation on steep north slope of mountain to south of intermontane valley. 5100-5200 ft. 4. Southwest Mt. Riley. SW^,NE/4,SWJ4, Sec. 31. From talus at head of west-draining ravine on west side of highest peak. ca. 5200 ft. 5. Southwest Mt. Riley. NE/4,NE/4,NW/4, Sec. 31. Reddish slope mantle exposed in arroyo bank towards lower part of steep 122 NAu-nLus Vol. 84(4) north-facing slope. Probably of late Pleistocene age. 4800-4900 ft. Other localities mentioned herein from which comparative ma- terial of other species of Aslimunella were obtained are: 6. A. koclii Clapp. New Mexico, Dona Ana Co., NW^, Sec. 9, T. 19 S, R. 4 E. West slope of San Andres Mts., ca. .8 mil. ESE Ropes Spring. 6900 ft. 7. A. kochi. New Mexico, Dona Ana Co., NWj/i, SWj4, Sec. 5, T. 23 S, R. 4 E. Organ Mts., Fillmore Canyon at "The Narrows." 7050 ft. 8. A. organensis Pilsbry. New Mexico, Doha Ana Co., NEJ4, SE^, Sec. 5, T. 23 S, R. 4 E. Organ Mts.; environs of Rock House Spring. 7850 ft. 9. A. pasonis (Drake). Texas, El Paso Co. 3r58'r' N Lat; 106°30'45" VV Long. West side of Franklin Mts. at mouth of Vinton Canyon, the type locality of the species. 4900 ft. Specimens have been deposited in the following museums: Acad- emy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia (Type, 319120; Paratypes, 319121 and 319122) ; United States National Museum (Paratypes, 681637) ; University of Michigan Museum of Zoology (Paratypes, 231087) ; Department of Biological Science, University of Arizona (Paratypes, 4366) ; Delaware Museum of Natural History, Para- types (40844 and 40845). Ashmunt\\^.nleyensis new species (Fig. 1,A-B) Shell. Shell depressed and slightly angular around the upper periphery of body whorl; relatively narrowly umbilicate (for the genus), the umbilicus contained 4-6 times in the diameter; embryonic whorl smooth, succeeding whorls finely marked with delicate growth lines; second and third whorls sparingly and minutely papillose; fine spiral striae on base of body whorl (papillae and striae not observable except with considerable magnification) ; periostracum glossy, light tan in color except for inner surface of lip and teeth, which are white; aperture obliquely oriented; parietal callus exceedingly thin, same color as body whorl and scarcely discemable from it; two parietal teeth, the basal tooth longer, oblique, slightly sinuous, widest and highest anteriorly; dorsal parietal tooth shorter, lower, rising symmetrically to highest point, located centrally; three marginal teeth in outer lip, upper tooth rectangular, the two lower teeth longitudinally compressed, tlic upper one slightly longer. April, 1971 NAUTILUS 123 Table 1. Proportions involving some chararters of shells and genitalia of sever^al species of Ashmunella. Locality numbers in parentheses are identified in text. Measurements taken as indicated in section "Measur>eiiients of Holotype." S.D.= standard deviation; N=nuiTiber of specimens; l.=length; w.=width; dia.=diaiTieter. Character, Species, Locality Pange Mean S.D. N Shell dia./l. lower parietal tooth: A. organensis (8) 8.33-12.15 9.97 1.01 20 A. rileyensis (5) 8.79-8.87 8.83 2 A. rileyensis (U) 5.92-7.14 6.62 .33 10 A. rileyensis (2) U.42-6.U0 5.27 .23 44 A. kochi (7) 5.70-7.50 6.62 .44 25 A. kochi (6) 5.73-8.18 6.97 .33 16 Shell dia./w. of umbilicus: A. organensis (8) 5.54-7.55 6.66 .51 20 A. rileyensis (5) 5.38-6.76 6.02 4 A. rileyensis (2) 3.90-6.04 5.03 .52 44 A. kochi (7) 3.33-JI.77 4.18 .34 25 A. kochi (6) 3.00-3.90 3.37 .20 16 Shell dia./w. of reflected lip: A. rileyensis (2) 13.55-20.43 16.75 1.77 44 A. kochi (7) 12.10-18.86 14.72 1.90 25 A. kochi (6) 12.29-15.45 13.73 .82 16 Penis l./free oviduct 1.: A. rileyensis (2) 1.89-2.47 2.08 7 A. kochi (7) 1.52-1.80 1.66 2 A. kochi (6) 1.20-1.45 1.34 3 A. pasonis (9) 1.00-1.30 1.07 6 Measurements of Holotype. Whorls 5.J/2 ; maximum diameter 14.7 mm; height 5.7 mm; umbilicus (measured as in Clench and Miller, 1966:3) 3.0 mm; length of upper and lower parietal teeth 1.5 and 3.0 mm; length of upper tooth of outer lip 1.8 mm; apertural height (between two ends of outer lip) 4.6 mm; greatest diameter of reflected lip (measured from surface behind aperture) 124 NAUTILUS Vol. 84 (4) Table 2. Mecisurements (irni) of diameter and height of shell and several parts of the genitalia of seven paratypes (topotypes from Loc. 2) of Aslimunella rileyensis . Shell diameter 15.0 lU.O 14.5 14.2 16.4 13.8 14.1 Shell height 5.7 5.0 5.7 5.4 6.2 5.3 5.2 Atrium 1.7 1.7 2.0 2.1 1.5 Vagina 3.5 U.2 4.5 4.2 4.0 3.6 3.3 Free oviduct 2.8 2.5 2.9 2.7 2.2 2.1 1.7 Spermatheca and duct •41.5 36.0 36.5 38.1 39.7 38.0 23.0 Penis 5.3 4.9 5.6 5.2 4.5 4.9 4.2 Epiphallus 35.5 38.0 35. U 36.3 32.5 34.5 24.4 Flagellum .9 .8 .8 .8 1.0 .7 1.0 .9 mm. Slight cracks, seemingly resulting from an injury to the shell that later healed, occur on part of the body whorl of the holotype and are discernable in Fig. 1, A-B. Variation in Characters of Shell. Parietal dentition is less well developed in specimens from Southwest Mt. Riley (Locs. 3, 4) and in the fossils from Loc. 5 than in specimens from Northeast Mt. Riley (Locs. 1,2). In the former specimens, the upper parietal tooth is absent or consists only of a minute swelling. The lower parietal tooth is shorter in populations from Southwest Mt. Riley and in fossil specimens (Table 1). The teeth of the outer lip are similar in size in northeastern and southwestern living populations but are extremely low in the fossils. The space between the two lower teeth of the outer lip is greater in southwestern and in fossil specimens. The umbilicus is narrower in the fossil than in the living specimens (Table 1). Color. Sole whitish, light gray ventrolaterally and in entire caudal region, grading to dark gray on dorsal surface anteriorly; tentacles dark gray. Genitalia. (Fig. 2). The upper sac of the penis is approximately half as wide as the lower sac. The upper sac of the penis com- prises an upper, wider and a lower, narrower part; the lower part, thus, produces a prominent constriction in the penis (Fig. 2). The greater width of the upper part of the upper sac is produced by the presence of swollen tissue of glandular appearance. This mass April. 1971 NAUTILUS 125 ol tissue is somt'whaL C-shapcd, in\csting ca. "-.-t ol the pt'iiplu'iy, with the two ends of the "C" greatly incurved, protruding inward to constrict the lumen and give it, in cross-section, the appearance of a trident (see enlarged x-sec. in I'ig. 2). The jjenis is ca. 1.1-1.') tiines as long as the vagina and 1.9-2.5 times as long as the free oviduct. A short penial retractor muscle originates on the epiphallus and inserts in the lung cavity lining, l^he area of muscle attachment on the epiphallus is connected to the upper sac of the penis by an enveloping fold of connective tissue. The area of insertion of this tissue varies from high to low on the upper sac. l^he flagellum is 1/4 mm go Fig. 2. Genitalia of Ashmunella rileyensis new species. Paratype (also topotype, Loc. 2) from Mount Riley, Dona Ana Co., New Mexico, a, atrium; ag, albumen gland; e, epiphallus; f, flagellum; go, genital orifice; hd, herma- phroditic duct; Ip, lower sac of penis; o, free oviduct; p, prostate; pr, penial retractor; sd, spermathecal duct; t, talon; u, uterus; up. upper sac of penis; V, vagina; vd, vas deferens. 126 NAUTILUS Vol. 84(4) closely bound to the epiphallus. Both the epiphallus and the spermatheca vai-y greatly in length, perhaps depending on the presence or absence of a spermatophore as suggested by Webb (1954:17) for Ashmunclla rhyssa (Dall). The talon consists of a relatively long, slender stalk with a well-defined central canal and small lobes at its end. Measurements of seven specimens are presented in Table 2. Comparisons and Relationships A. rileyensis belongs to the group of Ashmunella discerned by Pilsbry (1940:913-914) as having the upper part of the penis approximately half as wide at the lower part. His figure (1940: 525, 9) of A. organensis Pilsbry illustrates well this kind of penis. In addition to A. organensis, A. kochi Clapp from the San Andres and Organ Mts., New Mexico, and A. pasonis (Drake) from the Franklin Mountains, Texas, possess similar penial anatomy. Both A. organensis and A. kochi occur in the Organ Mts. The latter species was reported as A. mearnsi (Dall) by Cockerell (1897:69). was suggested as probably being referable to A. kochi by Pilsbry (1915:329), and was listed as ^. A;oc/n" by Metcalf (1969:Table 1). This representative of A. kochi may be deserving of subspecific status; it has not been critically studied. Although of questionable taxonomic significance, the atrium, spermatheca, and epiphallus are also similar in their relative pro- portions in the species noted above. In regard to shell characters, A. kochi from the Organ and San Andres Mts. and A. rileyensis have much in common. The flattened shell, oblique aperture, and number and arrangement of teeth are similar. A. rileyensis seems to resemble more closely the representative from the Organ Mts. in proportions of the shell and genitalia (Table 1) and both lack the deep-seated lamella behind the lip inside the last whorl found in A. kochi from the San Andres Mts. (Pilsbiy, 1940:977). However, the umbilicus is significantly narrower in A. rileyensis than in A. kochi and closer to the extremely narrow umbilicus of A. organensis (Table 1). The lip is reflected to a greater degree in A. kochi and A. pasonis than in A. rileyensis (Table 1). .^4. rileyeiisis possesses a relatively longer penis and a shorter free oviduct than do specimens of A. kochi and A. pasonis (Table 1). There seems little doubt that A. rileyensis is closely related to the kochi-organensis-pasonis complex and is probably closest to A. kochi. April, 1971 NAUTILUS 127 However, the tew lossil specimens of A. rileycnsis recoxered (Loc. 5) have a narrower vimbilicus and more poorly developed dciitilioii tlian any living specimens found (Table 1). In these characters tliey approach the condition of A. organensis (Table 1). Con- ceivably, then, A. rileyensis has evolved not from a snail like living A. kochi, but from some common ancestor (or another, extinct relative) of A. kochi and A. organensis. The nearest known species of Ashmunella to the west of Mt. Riley are A. mearnsi (Dall) and A. hebardi Pilsbry and Vanatta of the Big Hatchet Mts. and A. walkeri Ferriss of the Florida Mts. In A. mearnsi and A. walkeri, the upper sac of the penis is wider tlian in the group of species discussed above; probably, then. A. mearnsi and A. walkeri are somewhat removed phyletically from that group. Literature Cited Clench, W. J. and W. B. Miller. 1966. A new species of Ashmunella from west Te.xas (Mollusca: Pulmonata) . Breviora, Mus. Comp. Zool. 244: 1-6. Cockerell, T. D. A. 1897. (Untitled). Nautilus 11: 69. Dane, C. H. and G. O. Bachman. 1961. Preliminary geologic map of the southwestern part of New Mexico. U. S. Geol. Surv. Misc. Geol. Invest. Map 1-344. Metcalf, A. L. 1969. QuateiTiary surfaces, sediments, and mollusks: southern Mesilla Valley, New Mexico and Texas. New Mexico Geol. Soc. Field Conf. Guidebook 20: 158-164. Pilsbry, H. A. 1915. Mollusca of the southwestern states, VI: the Hacheta Grande, Florida, and Peloncillo Alountains, New Mexico. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia 1915: 323-350. . 1940. Land Mollusca of North .Xmerica (north of Me.xico) . Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia Monogr. /(2): i-vi+5 75-994. Webb, G. R. 1954. The life-history and sexual anatomy data on Ashmunella with a revision of the triodopsin snails. Gastropodia /: 13-18. ON A SINISTRAL CHONDROPOMINE FROM JAMAICA By Morris K. Jacobso.x and Kenneth J. Boss Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02138 While sinistral specimens of normally dextral land pulmonates have been more or less frequently reported, records of such teratological land prosobranchs are very rare, especially in the Pomatiasidae. Dautzenberg (1914, Bull. Soc. Zool. France, 39: 128 NAUTILUS Vol. 84(4) 50-59) noted only eight pomatiasid species, all from the Old World, among the 195 he cited in which such monstrosities have been reported. He did not state how many specimens were involved. The figure published here (fig. 1) is of a specimen of Choano- poma {Colobostylus) jayanum (C. B. Adams, 1850. Contr. Conch. 4: 50) from Jamaica, referred to but not illustrated by C. B. Adams (1851, ibid., 10: 194). It was collected by Rev. R. F. Holland, probably in Manchester Parish where Pilsbry & Brown (1910, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, p. 522) and H. B. Baker (1935, Nautilus, 48: 65) noted the occurrence of the species. Apparently tliis is the only New World specimen of its kind ever reported, in spite of the fact that since the time of C. B. Adams the condropomine pomatiasids of the West Indies have been widely and intensively studied by many amateur and professional students alike. Three monographs of the group have been published (Torre & Bartsch, 1938, 1941; Bartsch, 1946) and vast numbers of speci- mens collected and examined. Hence this teratological specimen is of considerable interest. It was given to Bland by C. B. Adams and is now in the collection of the Museum of Comparative Zoology (262993). Fig. 1. Normal and sinistral specimens of Chuanopoma (Colobostylui) jayanum (C. B. Adams), c. 3x Photograph by courtesy of Robert C. Bullock. April. l')71 NAITILUS 129 STROMBUS GIGAS LINNAEUS FROM THE BOWDEN FORMATION, JAMAICA. By Peter Jung Naturhistorisches Museum Basil. Switzerland On May 12, 1969, tht' Geology DcpartiiK-nt of the University of the West Indies, Kingston, Jamaica, improved the outcrop of the Bovvden shell bed with the help of a bulldozer. This locality is the type locality of the Bowden Formation. Wcxjdring (1928) assigned a late middle Miocene age to the Bowden Formation, whereas many paleontologists working with foraminifera consider it as Pliocene. The Bowden shell bed has been famous for more than a century for its abiuidant and well-preserved fossils. It is situated on the east side of Port Morant, St. Thomas, at the road opposite the Bowden Shop. i.e. 500 m NNE of the Bowden Wharf. Among the different groups of invertebrates the mollusks are best represented, i.e. by more than 600 species ( Woodring 1925, 1928) . Most of these species are of small or medium size. Large species (i.e. more than 100 mm in one dimension) are rare. As an exception to this rule Rutsch (1931) described a large species of Strombus and Palmer (1938) reported large specimens of Spondyhis bostrycliitcs Guppy from Bowden. During the process of excavating a single, large, almost complete Fig. 1. .^pcrtural and dorsal view of shell of Strombus iiiiias Liiine from the Bowden Formation. Jamaica. 130 NAUTILUS Vol. 84(4) specimen of Strombus gigas Linne was uncovered from a 30 cm thick, clayey and silty bed about 4 m above the present level of the road. Woodring (1928) recorded 3 species of Strombus from Bowden : S. pugiloides Guppy, S. bifrons Sowerby, and S. leurus Woodring. Three years later Rutsch (1931) described S. dominator delabechei based on two excellently preserved shells. He interpreted the fragment figured by Woodring (1928, p. 326, pi. 24, fig. 2) as Strombus species to be part of a S. dominator delabechei. The most striking features of the specimen of S. gigas (pis. 1-3) are the two long spines and the somewhat irregular thickening of the spiral ridges on the dorsal part of the body whorl. The total number of spines on the body whorl is 7. The upper end of the outer lip reaches approximately the height of the apex. Basal canal bent backwards. Height of specimen: 25 mm; maximum diameter (including spines) : 220 mm. The irregular thickenings of the spiral ornamentation on the dorsal side of the body whorl are similar to those of S. samba Clench a species which has been synoynmized with S. gigas by several authors. The tips of most of the larger spines are broken. The margin of the lower portion of the outer lip is damaged in- cluding the larger part of the stromboid notch. Protoconch and earliest whorls are not preserved. The ventral side and to a lesser extent also the dorsal side of the spire are covered with sponge borings. Recent S. gigas lives in shallow water and ranges from Bermuda and southern Florida through the West Indies to northern South America (Clench and Abbott, 1941, p. 13; Warmke and Abbott, 1961, p. 88, map 3). Although it is most abundant locally, fossil records of S. gigas are rare. Gabb (1873, p. 234) listed ^S". gigas from the Miocene of the Dominican Republic, but this record has not been confimied by Pilsbiy (1922) in his revision of Gabb's Tertiary mollusks from the Dominican Republic nor by other authors (e.g. Maury 1917; Pflug 1961). Two well-preserved fossil shells of S. gigas are contained in the collections of the Natural History Museum Basel; they were collected from the Pleistocene part of the Coralrock FoiTnation of Barbados. , References Cited Clench, W.J. and Abbott, R.T. 1941. The genus Strombus in the Western Atlantic, Johnsonia, 1, No. 1 : 1-15, pis. 1-10. April, 1971 NAKTiLus K^l Ciabb, VV.M. 1873. On the topography and tocology of Santo Domingo. Trans. Ainer.Philos.Soc, new scr., 15 : 40-259, 2 rna|)s. .\Iaui-\-, C.J. 1917. Santo Domingo tvpe sections and fossils. Pt. 1. Buli.Amer.Paleont., 5, No. 29 : 1-251, pis. 1-39. Palmer, K.V.W. 1938. Neocene Spondyli from the southern United States and tropical America. Palaeont.Amer., 2. No. 8 : 1-18, pis. 1-3. Pfiug, H.D. 1961. Mollusken aus dem Tertiar \on St. Domingo. Acta Humboldtiana, ser. geol. et palaeont.. No. 1, |)p. 1-107. pis. 1-26, 1 te.\t-fig. Pilsbry, H.A. 1922. Revision of W.M. CJabb's Tertiary Mollusca of Santo Domingo. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 73 : 305-435, pis. 16-47, text-figs. 1-48. Rutsch, R.F. 1931. Strombus dominator delabechei, nov. subspec. aus den jungmiozanen Bowdenschichten von Jamaika, Eel. geol. Helv., 24, No. 2 : 254-260, pi. 12. Warmke, G.L. and Abbott R.T. 1961. Caribbean Seashells. Living- stone Publishing Company, Narberth, Pennsylvania, pp. x -|- 348, pis. 1-44, text-figs. 1-34, maps 1-19. VVoodring, W.P. 1925. Miocene mollusks from Bowden, Jamaica Pelecypods and Scaphopods. Carnegie Inst. Washington, Publ. No. 366, pp. 1-222, pis. 1-28. 1928. Miocene mollusks from Bowden, Jamaica. Pt. 2. Gastropods and discussion of results. Carnegie Inst. Washington, Publ. No. 385, pp. 1-564, pis. 1-40, text-figs. 1-3. ANATOMY AND GEOGRAPHIC DISTRIBUTION OF THE SUCCINEID GASTROPOD, SUCCINEA VAGINACONTORTA LEE By Dorothea S. Franzen Illinois Wesk'yan University, Bloomington, Illinois 61701 Succinea vaginacontorta Lee, 1951, Occas. Pap. Mus. Zool. Univ. Mich. No. 533: 1-7, pis. 2, text fig. 1 : Miles, 19.58, Univ. Kans. Sci. Bull. Vol. XXXVIII, Pt. II, No. 24: 1517-1519, PI. IC, fig. 4; Leonard, 1959, Handbook of Gastropods in Kansas, Univ. Kans. Mus. Nat. Hist. Misc. Pub. 20: 155-158, pi. 9, fig. 3. While on a paleontological expedition in Meade County, Kansas, in June, 1942, Claude W. Hibbard noted what appeared to be an hitherto unknown species of Succinea living among clumps of grass and the sagebrush on slopes directly exposed to the sunshine. In the summer of 1950, members of the University of Michigan Paleonto- logical Expedition to Kansas collected a series of this species which 132 NAUTILUS Vol. 84(4) was subsequently described by a C. Bruce Lee as Succinca vagina- contorta (Lee, 1951). Succmea vaginacontorta Lee is a terrestrial gastropod of the high plains. For a period of over seventeen years attempts by the author, and others, to find this species in localities aflfording similar habitats outside of southwestern Kansas were unsuccessful. Miles (Miles. 1958) refers to Webb as having found this species at several otluM localities in Kansas. The author has not had the opportunity to examine those snails and, therefore, cannot verify those records. Since 1967, S. vaginacontorta has been found living in the badlands of South Dakota; Brown County, Nebraska; Sherman County, Texas; and San Migual County, New Mexico. Unlike most of the succineas, ^S". vaginacoyitorta is xerophilous. Its usual habitat is a treeless slope of a hillside supporting a ground cover of short grass, sagebrush, and lichens. This species appears on the surface in the summertime after rains have soaked the ground. During periods of drought it disappears and may not be seen again for months or even years. The stations from which S. vaginacontorta has been collected and a brief description of the local ecology of each, are: Type Locality: Field No. 400. One and three-fourths mi. E. of Meade County State Park (SW corner of S 18, T 33 S, R 28 W), Meade County, Kansas. Altitude: 2390 ft. above sea level. In the summer of 1950 when Succinca vaginacontorta was present on the surface, the type locality . . . "was a sagebrush flat on which haiiy gramma grass (Bouteloua hirsuta Lag.) was growing along a small creek . . ." (locally known as Cowland Creek). "The hair)' gramma grass occurred in thick stands with a few small patches between the stands. The snails lived on the spots of lichens, mosses and occasional liverworts between these patches. Hibbard stated that the area is subject to intense droughts and periods of dryness alternating with spells of heavy rains. The snails were present in large numbers." (Lee, 1951, pp. 1-2.) For over a period of 45 years the mean annual rainfall in Meade County, Kansas, has been 19.66" (Hibbard and Taylor, 1960, p. 23). The greatest amount of rainfall occurs in the months of May- August. These months are marked also with periods of drought. Claude W. Hibbard and the author visited the type locality in July, 1962. The area had been cleared, by application of herbicides, of most of the former stands of sagebrush and of all of the plumb April, 1971 NAUTILUS 133 thickets. The sandy loam soil supported a growth of buffalo grass. Succinea vaginae ontorta was not in evidence. On June 10, 1969, Claude W. Hibbard revisited the locality. At that time, due to recent rains, the ground was moist to a depth of at least five feet. Water had collected in small ponds in depressions in the fields and pastures. S. vaginacontorta was found living around small plants of sagebrush and bunches of short blue stem grass. Apparently because sagebrush was becoming reestablished, S. vaginacontorta was reappearing as well. Field No. 256. One-half mi. W. of Meade County State Park (SE /4 of SW 1/4, S 16, T 33 S, R 29 W), Meade County, Kansas. Altitude: 2630-2640 ft. above sea level. The habitat is a treeless hillside. The author visited this locality the latter part of July, 1962. The sandy-loam supported a growth of sagebrush {Artemisia sp.), buffalo grass {Buchloe sp.), and hairy gramma [Bouteloiia sp.). Lichens were growing in exposed patches of soil as well as at bases of sagebrush and buffalo grass. The ground was wet from recent rains. A large number of Succinea vaginacon- torta were found living on the crest of the hillside. They were most abundant in open patches where they were directly exposed to the sunshine. Several subsequent attempts by the author to find S. vaginacontorta at this locality have been unsuccessful because weather conditions have been unfavorable and the ground has been very dry. Field No. 185. Meade County State Park (near the north line of NE ^, S 15, T 33 S, R 29 W), Meade County, Kansas. Altitude: 2510-2520 ft. above sea level. The habitat is a flat at the foot of a slope. The soil is a sandy silt covered with fine eolian silt. Claude W. Hibbard and the author visited this locality the latter part of July, 1954. The ground supported a growth of sagebrush {Artemisia sp.), buffalo grass (Buchloe sp.) and some gramma grass. Lichens and mosses grew in the shade of the sagebrush. The summer of 1953 had been exceedingly dry. In May, 1954, this area received a rainfall of 1%". Another recent rainfall of 1^" had provided enough mois- ture to make the ground muddy and for Succinea vaginacontorta to emerge from wherever this species aestivates during periods of drought. The snails were found living on the ground near the 134 NAUTILUS Vol. 84 (4) < z o o < z u to o o fN O o r^ o o Oi Oi (N r-- sO r>. 00 i— 1 • • a. a. - ^N. i-H so . 4) cuj: (N CO 00 OO C^ CO sD t^ r-i O 00 ^o (N o r-^ LO 00 rg to --4 ^ 00 in < w ^ CO rO ro 00 CO LO LO 00 -^ t-~ o r- r^ fN to lO Oi r- (N -tt so sO -^ ^ sO sO LO Ul -o \0 sO LO to SO LO so t/i LO sO sD ^0 LO tO sO sO sO sO LO ^0 3: 2: 00 CT. o so o .-t \0 OO t^ r-- sO •^ ■-» LO . o 1 1 1 1 P.J= o -^J «-o m •«■ o o» o ro o Cl CO o en O O to 00 •^ ■* LO in ^ to o < t/) f^J ^ O ^0 vO to O so rsi rj sO CTi O sO O to o to o •^ LO rg o in CM LO LO TT TT in in LO ^ •^ U-) U-, LO sD LO SO «0 sO sO so sO LO sO sO LO ^0 <4-l U rj to i/i so r^ O J- K 3 ■* in ■^ E 'T to JT *-• 4-) (-. —•(Ml/) 00 rg r4 O rvi PvJ Ci — < in OO to r^ VO sO r-* to \D r- LO to T3 a> ■H a. ^ TT ro bO ■^ 'a- -^ to to Tf Tt to to to 'T -^ ^ to ■^ to to to rg to 2 < Mh O 4> ^» r-- o +J 3 1 ^ e E^ E j:: -M so sD £ so r--* so M M 1 1 1 1 1 -H a> --t to r- Ol LO .-1 00 rj r^ to o r- to o en CO ^ r^ TT to O LO rg Ol o M CM ■^ O LO to to r- rg 00 CO sO (N r^ to r^ LO LO r^ -. to ^ ^ -o -H tn in \£) LO i/i LO LO \0 LO in LO sO sO LO ^0 O sO sD >o sO lO sO sO LO >o •H flj 3 X r^ O Tf to o i ^ 1 r-' 1 r-- 1 r-- E E LO i^ ^ un o so -^ ^ sD r^ o rg -tj ^0 -^ — to o o Tj- LO so sO to J~, -H >^ \0 \0 to ■«T SO* so* r^ Wi so r^ r-- sO LO SO r^ r^ so LO ^ LO LO LO ^ U^ so lO to 00 00 g ^ g ^ e rj p o g o 4-1 X 1 1 1 1 1 •o r^ ^ Oi SO LO ■*! to to (N to rsj LO r^ to 00 r- LO LO r- 00 CO sO LO M -H o o •^ t-^ ^ ^ t^ o^ O rsi ^ O r^ en o o o CO en O 00 00 sD* r^ X to 1 •«r 00 M OO CM 00 to 1 OO -rr 00 LO TJ- 00 00 to M-l i/i —t to ^ to ^ to 1 o ^ CM to rvj to CO ^ *o »o to -^ to to to to to to to to to to to to ^^ • o 1 r- Z 3 rsj (/I to Vl to t/i to 1/} rj Vi (/) Ui m trt a> § •U 0) X OJ § TJ OJ X o c (0 T) 4) X o c (0 -O 0) 0) -5 4> •H Q> "-a o • H O --J 0) ■ rH OJ »-3 rJ o ■H 0) -n a u. H S OS E a. s a: s u. E ^ eS E U. S a: E tu S tf s April. 1971 NAUTILUS 135 •o 00 00 ^o o t-^ so sD (Nl so LO sD sO LO to so sO — 1 tr o> cr. a> LO —^ rr 00 to Ol .—1 r^ r-- Tj- LO to o in i/i LTt to o tr. o O tn o o o o CO o sO sO sO sO so sO sO SO LO CO so 1 •a- 1 .::: i to E e LO i to r^ n \o to n Lo o -a- T to oo --r LT rj •^ r^ t-^ X O) I^ CO t-~ LO rg Csl rO ■^ to to to to Tf to to to to to to to LO lO "^ rsi ^3- to to to to rs) to e E c ^ £ . 6 ^ S o E o c CO s sO 00 \0 o ■^ r^ -3- r^ o to CO --I 3- o r-- fM I rg r^ LO LO 1 LO LO o o t~- LO t^ ^ so LO so LO r^ \o vo vD ^ CNJ vO CJ o vO r~ to , — t ,—i to ^-< LO sO o so r^ LO LO O Csl LO IT) LO lO rsi o vD ^0 O o O o o o SO LO so r-- so so SO 00 so so sO sO LO SO e E e e . ^ ^ O 2 o E o e CO E vO vO LO ^0 r^ i-~ t^ o o to o to ^ — 1 CO ^H 00 00 c to LO •» — 1 t~- 00 -< lO Ln lO g to «* LO sO LO E to L-l ^0 LO LO o LO 00 r-- r-- E rsi LO sO sO LO to LO LO 1 o e en e en e ^ 1 o> r~ t^ tf to •a- -H O O ■* O LO to ■o to ^ o to ■^ o LO to r^ o to Ol CTl Ol 00 to r^ !7> O O LO en CO CO 1^ CO rg rsj o so 00 0(5 O O 00 so 00 CO 00 -^ •*•»-» ■T T •^ ■:r •» 00 Tf -.> -~». to ^^ ^, to ^-^ -^ -^-^ ~- t^j to lO -1 I -^ -. —1 ^ "* ^ to ^M 1 CO - sO _c (_) -< j: ri G^ Wl r.) -3 "ui to CT> j^ -I • cr> yi LO tn r^ .s ^ r^ * :tv j= (/) 0)0 — ■o — u to • t-~ to . ur vO to 00 to u r^ to rt o o t-~ o - o ' — ' It oo -H e ^ ^ to c J J^ '-I c TO tn § ■-I X 01 c ts c • o is T3 C 00 (U M •O nJ cd o a •T3 E 3 V T3 — O 4-> O cU ^ 3 tafi oo --^ — < 3 >,^0 0« ■H -< J= O >N OS ■ H -H U OO 00 • H •^ S CU 00 •H «J O 3 c -3 4) O in Ol C -0 0) Ul rt c -o (U (U 3 c -o .2S . 01 c ■o •H I-. < r3 O o ■H M • S tU S ■H J= < a S ^ u. m =: S L^ CO =: *£. U. 3 to a: ^ U. '71 a: *^ — -y) z: es s: 136 NAUTILUS Vol. 84 (4) sagebrush and among bunches of buffalo grass and, also, on bare spots of ground. When the author revisited this locality on July 25, 1962, she found what had been, in 1954, bare spots on the mudflat and on the hillside had become covered with tall grasses and weeds as a result of a greater amount of rainfall in the previous two years. Apparently the denser vegetation was the cause for the reduced population of S. vaginacontorta. Field No. 401. Meade County, Kansas, (SW ^, S 22, T 33 S, R 29 W). Altitude: 2535 ft. above sea level. The soil, a sandy silt, of this locality which is a sagebrush flat, supports a growth of sagebrush, lichens, and a small amount of grass. Rains which fell in the middle of June, 1969, had moistened the ground sufficiently for Succinea vaginacontorta to appear on the surface. On July 6, 1969, Claude W. Hibbard and members of his field party collected about forty live snails off the bare, moist, ground. Field No. 372. Six mi. N. of Ainsworth, (SE /4, S 25, T 31 N, R 22 W) Brown County, Nebraska. Altitude: 2450 ft. above sea level. Succinea vaginacontorta obtained from this locality was collected by Claude W. Hibbard. The habitat of this species at this station is comparable to those of Meade County, Kansas. The soil is a sandy silt. Most of the snails collected on May 31, and June 15, 1968, were found along the rim at the top of a low bluff, living under yucca and on patches of liverwort growing between clumps of little blue stem grass. Those snails which had been washed down into the stream valley were living on the grassy flood plain on the bare ground between clumps of little blue stem grass about a foot above the sandwash channel. Here, as in Meade County, Kansas, the snails were active after a 1/2" rainfall. Filed No. 393. Fifteen mi. S. of Kadoka, Washabaugh County, South Dakota, along South Dakota State Hgwy. 73, in the South Dakota Badlands. This locality is at the rim of grass where Oligocene beds are exposed. Succinea vaginacontorta, collected by Bruce Cornet, Uni- versity of Michigan, on May 16, 1968, was found living on the edge of sparse grassland on bare strips between bunches of grass. (Claude W. Hibbard, personal communication, Nov. 12, 1968.) Field No. 391. Two miles S. of Stratford, Sherman County, April. 1971 NAUTILUS 137 •.■Sli:' «■ ■ ' .'J -•'.H >'^--;/ Fig. 1 (left). Drawing of a shell of Succinea vaginacontorta Lee from the type locality. (Right) Drawing of head anterior body region and mantle of Succinea vaginacontorta Lee showing patterns of pigmentation. Texas, along U.S. Hgwy. 287. Altitude: 3970 ft. above sea level. The Ogallala Formation forms a caprock at the top of bluffs rimming the south wall of Coldwater Creek Valley. Much rock debris accumulates on the slopes. Plants of this area are predomi- nantly grasses Andropogan sp. and Bouteloiia sj).) and some Yucca glauca. In August, 1968, Artie Metcalf (personal communi- cation, August 26, 1968) collected Succinea vaginacontorta which were aestivating under limestone rocks of the Ogallala Formation and imder stems and dead caudices of Yucca glauca. Field No. 365. One-half mi. N. of Romeroville, San Migual County, New Mexico. Altitude: 6430 ft. above sea level. This habitat is a roadside ditch along Interstate Hgwy. 25. In some places in the ditch the water was 6" deep. Succinea vaginacon- torta, collected by Artie Metcalf. was concentrated on mud along the edge of the water and back several inches where the groimd was still moist. The general habitat was grassland with scattered juniper and pinyon pine. (Artie Metcalf, personal communication. November 26. 1968.) The Shell. The dull, grayish amber, translucent, ovate shell of Succinea vaginacontorta is composed of from 2/2 to slightly more than 3/2 convex, sharply incised whorls which increase rapidly in size from the acute spire to the body whorl. Although the shell is fragile, it is of the heavier, more solid succineid shells — comparable 138 NAUTILUS Vol. 84(4) RM EP HD AG Fig. 2 (left). Anterior genitalia of Succinea vaginacontorta Lee. PS, penial sheath; RM, retractor muscle; SRD, seminal receptacle duct; EP, epiphal- lus; V, vagina. (Right) Albumin gland, prostate gland and associated struc- tures of Succinea vaginacontorta Lee. PG, prostate gland; HD, hermaphrodi- tic duct; AG, albumin gland; SV seminal vesicles; FS, fertilization sac. to those of S. campestris Say and .S". luteola Gould. The nuclear whorl is finely punctate. The remaining whorls are marked with striae, fine on the penultimate whorl, becoming heavier and coarser until they produce a rough appearance on the surface of the ultimate whorl. Due to the heavy striations the shell, when stripped of its periostracum, has a striped appearance. As is to be noted in Table I, the shell attains a height of up to almost 12.5 mm and a width of up to 8.8 mm (Field No. 391, Sherman Co., Texas, and Field No. 256, Meade Co., Kansas) . According to observations based on this study, the maximum heights of shells of S. vaginae ojitorta appear to be attained by the latter part of July and early August. The ovate aperture, ranging from 52.6% to 68.7% of the height of the largest shells obtained from the several stations, is bounded by a sharp peristome which continues over the body whorl as a thin callous. Other dimensions and ratios of dimensions are to be noted in Table I. The columella is gently curved, Figure 1. The Body. The surface of the translucent, dull grey-white body is coarsly and irregularly tuberculated. The tubercles are most apparent on the surface of the head and the sides of the body; they are more prominent when the body is contracted than when relaxed. Generally the body is so lightly pigmented that it is difficult to recognize any distinct pattern. When intense enough to be discerned, the pattern is the form of a mottled broad band on the anterior dorsal surface of the head (Figure 2) . At the level of the posterior tentacles this broad band divides into a median and two lateral bands which extend to the edge of the mantle. The pigmenta- April, 1971 NAUTILUS 139 l-R-L l-R-M 9-R-M ll-R-M Fig. 3. Representative teeth of a radula. C, center; l-R-L, first right lateral; l-R-M, first right marginal; 9-R-M. ninth right marginal; ll-R-M, eleventh right marginal. TABLE 11 ST.MIO.N N'o. of Rows of Teeth Row .No. 400 Meade Co. , Kansas Type Locality (A) 83 35 41 52 69 No. 185 Meade County State Park, Kansas (B) 101 80 .No. 391 Sherman Co. 80 Te.xas 40 28 40 22 25 29 11 - 10 - ] - 12 - 8 12 - 8 - 1 - 11 - 10 9 10 - ] - 12 - 9 9 _ 11 - ] L - 11 - 10 11 - 8 - [ - 8 - 10 5 - 7 I - 10 - 10 9 - 9 - I - 9 - 11 11 - 13 - 1 - 10 - 13 11 - 13 - 1 - 11 - 12 11 - 13 - I - 11 - 12 Table II. Formulae of representative rows of teeth of Succinea vargina- contorta Lee. tion of the surface of the mantle varies from a pattern of irregular bands extending to the border of the kidney to one that is a combina- tion of overall diffuse, fine stripes and blotches. Blotches of pigmenta- tion outline the kidney and appear also over its surface (Figure 2). The collar of the mantle may be unpigmented or finely peppered in the form of an irregular band. The lateral surface of the body is coarsly and irregularly tuberculated and sparsly pigmented. The body wall is incised by shallow vertical grooves which extend to the margin of the foot resulting in a scalloped edge. A shallow pedal groove and a shallow suprapedal groove run posteriorly from the labial palp. The genital aperture is in the form of an elongate crescent. 140 NAUTILUS Vol. 84 (4) Although the anatomy of the reproductive system of Succmea vaginae ontorta resembles, generally, what is characteristic of the genus, this species inanifests certain structural features of the penial sheath, penis, epiphallus, vagina and prostate gland which are distinctive. The penis is enclosed in a penial sheath which is slightly peppered with black pigment, thick and opaque rather than thin and translucent. Fibers of the wall of the penial sheath extend onto and are fused onto, the surface of the penis. The penis is a straight, tubular structure, i.e. it is accommodated within the length of the sheath and does not recoil. The epiphallus, noticeably short and stout, enters the penial sheath about one-fourth of its distal end, emerges distally, loops, reenters through the same aperture, and enters the penis terminally. The retractor muscle is attached to the distal end of the sheath near the edge of the aperture through which the epiphallus loops (Figure 3). A thin, slightly peppered sheath encloses the white, small, globular, follicular prostate gland (Figure 4.) The convoluted oviduct joins the straight, heavy-walled uterus which joins an inflated, thick-walled, peculiar S-looped vagina with which the spermatheca duct is connected. As the vagina approaches the common genital antrum it becomes thin-walled and straight (Figure 4). A thin, sometimes slightly pigmented sheath covers the elongate, follicular albumin gland. The twinned seminal vesicles, unequal in length, and the hermaphroditic duct are pig- mented, and open into the fertilization sac (Figure 4). The Radula and Jaw. The structure of the radula of Siiccinea vaginae ontorta is characteristic of the genus. The number of rows of teeth range from about eighty to one-hundred. The ratio of laterals to marginals approaches 1 : 1 which has been found to be true of, also, S. ovalis Say (Frazen, 1959, Table II). The number of teeth of representative rows of radulae are to be noted in Table II. Structure of representative teeth are illustrated in Figure 5. The central tooth has a long, sharply pointed mesocone which equals or exceeds in length that of its basal plate. The mesocone is flanked on either side by a smaller ectocone. The laterals have a long, sharply pointed mesocone which, generally, exceeds in length that of its basal plate. There is a single ectocone. The endocone is generally wanting. The marginals are characterized by a short April, 1971 NAUTILUS 141 endocone, a long, sharply pointed mesocone, and an ectocone which is divided into two or three short teeth. The differentiation between laterals and marginals is not always sharply defined. Sometimes an endocone appears in the outermost laterals. On either side of a lateral with a split ectocone may be one with an undivided ectocone. The basal plates of the marginals are as in Succinea ovalis Say (Tranzen, 1959, Fig. 3). They are not long and tapering as in the genus Oxyloma (Franzen, 1963, Fig. 1) nor as short and broad as in the genus Catinella (Quick, 1933, Fig. 4). The amber colored jaw has a large, rounded median fold which projects anteriorly. It lacks the series of small lateral folds charac- teristic of the jaw of Succinea ovalis Say (Franzen, 1959, Fig. 2). Chromosomes. Tissues of gonads of Succinea vaginacontorta of several localities were squashed and stained with orcein. The most successful preparations were made of snails from locality 391, Sherman County, Texas. Examinations of the stained chromosomes in metaphase revealed a haploid number of eighteen. Discussion. Succinea vaginacontorta is a xerophilous terrestrial gastropod of the high plains of the United States. Its known range of geographic distribution extends from northcentral Nebraska (100° long., 42°50' lat. ), southwestern South Dakota (100°50' long., 43°70' lat.), southwestern Kansas (100°50' long., 37°25' lat.), northwestern Texas (102° long., 36°10' lat.), northwestern New Mexico (105°20' long., 35°50' lat.). Its range in altitude is from 2450 ft. (Nebraska) to 6430 ft. (New Mexico) above sea level. Succinea vaginacontorta shares some habits, shell and anatomical features with several other species of Section Calcisuccinea Pilsbry (Pilsbry, 1948, p. 826). Succinea campestris and S. luteola, living near marine shores, aestivate for periods of time while the ground is dry. The shells of these three species are translucent but not as fragile as is true of many succineas. Coarse surface striations are characteristic of the shells of these three species. Those of S. luteola and S. vaginacontorta give to the shells a similar appearance. Anatomical characteristics shared by the three species include the coarse tubercles as well as the light amount of pigmentation on the surface of the body, a globular rather than an ovate prostate gland, a short and stout epiphallus which enters the penial sheath, emerges distally, loops and reenters the sheath. The penial sheath of .S". campestris is thick-walled but no fibers extend from it to the 142 NAUTILUS Vol. 84 (4) surface of the penis as in .S". vaginacontorta. The penial sheath of S. luteola is thin. The distinctive anatomical feature of S. vaginacontorta is the peculiar S-looped vagina. Shell dimensions and ratios of various dimensions of the three largest shells taken from each locality, and the time of year taken, are to be noted in Table I. Because the author has not, as yet, made similar studies of other species of Succinea, comparisons of shell dimensions and ratios cannot be made at this time. The more significant ratios are, apparently, those of the larger shells, namely, those which were taken in the latter part of July or August. Acknowledgments. Field studies made by the author were supported, in part, by National Science Foundation Grants-in-Aid No's. NSF G18000 and NSF GB2715. Some of the laboratory equip- ment used for this study was obtained through support of the latter Grant-in-Aid. The author is grateful to Claude W. Hibbard, Bruce Cornet, and Artie Metcalf for sending Succinea vaginacontorta from the localities and for the ecological information as noted above. The author is grateful to Claude W. Hibbard and A. Byron Leonard for having read the manuscript and for their suggestions. Literature Cited Franzen, Dorothea S. 1959. Anatomy of Succinea ovalis Say. Proc. Mala. Soc. London 33 (5, Nov.) : 193-199. Tables I, II, Figs. 1-7. . 1963. Variations in the Anatomy of the Succineid Gastropod Oxylorna refusa. Nautilus 76 (3) : 82-95, Tables I, II, Figs. 1-4. Hibbard, Claude W. and Dwight W. Taylor. 1960. Two Late Pleistocene Faunas from Southwestern Kansas. Contr. Mus. Paleo., Univ. Mich. 16, No. 1: 1-1223, 16 pis. 18 figs. Lee, C. Bruce. 1951. Succinea vaginacontorta (Section Calcisuc- cinea) , a New Amber Snail from Kansas. Occ. Pap. Mus. Zoo., Univ. Mich., No. 533 (Mar. 20): 1-7, Pis. I, II, Text fig. 1. Leonard, A. Byron. 1959. Handbook of Gastropods in Kansas. Univ. Kans. Mus. Nat. Hist. Misc. Pub. No. 20 (Nov. 2) : 1-224, Pis. 1-11, Figs. 1-87. Miles, Charles D. 1958. The Family Succineidae (Gastropoda: Pulmonata) in Kansas. Univ. Kans. Sci. Bull. 38, Pt. 2, No. 24 (Mar. 20) : 1499-1543, PI. 1, Figs. 1-8. Pilsbry, Henry A. 1948. Land Mollusca of North America (North of Mexico). Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia Mon. No. 3, Pt. 2: xlvii + 521-1113, 585 figs. Quick, H. E. 1933. The Anatomy of British Succinea. Proc. Mala. Soc. London 20 (VI, Nov.) : 295-318, Pis. 23-25, Tables I-V, Figs. 1-18. April, 1971 NAUTILUS 143 NOTES New Northern Extension of the Range of Assiminea MODESTA (H. C. LEA) — Assimi7iea modesta (H. C. Lea, 1845) has hccn reported from Brooklyn, N. Y. north to Newport, R. L (Johnson, 1934. Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 40{\): 97). I have recently found this species at three separate localities north of Gape Cod, Mass. On October 18, 1968 I collected numerous dead specimens in the jetsam at the edge of a salt marsh at the end of Harbor Road, Sandwich, Mass. Additional dead specimens were collected at the same locality April 9, 1969. On October 26, 1969 four living specimens were found under boards at the high tide level on the west side of the same salt marsh. At Orient Heights, East Boston, on the west side of Belle Isle Inlet, living specimens were rather common under stones, boards, and especially under tarpaper scraps (April 29, 1969). At North Scituate on the west side of a salt marsh near the intersection of Border Road and Gannett Street, A. modesta was plentiful under chunks of peat that had been excavated from drainage canals. A. modesta was always found in association with Melampus lineatus (Say, 1822) and Ovatella myosotis (Draparnaud, 1801). Shell morphology of two-thirds of the specimens from East Boston is as described by Lea (1845. Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., /: 205; 1847. Boston Journ. Nat. Hist., 5: 288) ; the remaining specimens from this locality were pure, translucent white, appearing grayish due to the animal inside. All other specimens were the normal horn color, with dead specimens slightly lighter in color. Neither Lea nor Verrill (1880. Am. Journ. Sci., 20: 250) described the animal. Comparison of the animals from North Scituate with the description given by Balch (1899. Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 29(7) : 143 and pi. 1) revealed that the former had but one eye spot per eye stalk rather than "each [peduncle] bearing two con- spicuous large black eye-spots" described by Balch. Figures by Balch and Verrill (1884. Trans. Gonn. Acad., 5(1): pi. 58) indicate the same double eye spot. When Verrill reported the occurrence of A. modesta at Newport, R.I. he stated: "Whether these shells have been accidentally intro- duced, at that point, by shipping, or are really indigenous cannot at present be determined . . . They may have been overlooked hitherto." This may be true as well for the specimens recently 144 NAUTILUS Vol. 84 (4) collected, for although the species is an active one, it is also very small and rather localized. Representative specimens have been deposited at the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard Uni- versity, Cambridge, Massachusetts and the Delaware Museum of Natural History, Greenville, Delaware. It is probable thatyl. suc- cinea PfeifFer, 1840, is an earlier name for this species. — Walter P. Baranowski, East Walpol, Massachusetts 02032. NEWS Green Snail Protected — The pulmonate land mollusk, Papustyla pulcherrima (Rensch), of Manus Island, Admiralty Islands, is now on the official list of endangered species of foreign wildlife (see Federal Register vol. 35, no. 106, June 2, 1970, and no 233, December 2, 1970). The new federal law prohibits bringing this species into the United States, except for scientific or educational purposes, and then only by obtaining a permit prior to importation, from one of the five regional directors of the Bureau of Sport Fisheries and Wildlife, U. S. Department of the Interior. For a list, write the Bureau in Washington, D.C. 20240. G. Dallas Hanna, distinguished zoologist, geologist and malacolo- gist, died at the age of 83, on November 20, 1970. He was Curator of the Department of Geology of the California Academy of Sciences. Dennis Harper Kennelly, conchologist at the East London Museum in South Africa, and author of "Marine Shells of Southern Africa" (1964) died at East London on February 11, 1971, at the age of 80. We regret to announce the death of Dr. Harold Sellers Colton, on December 29, 1970, at the age of 89, in Flagstaff, Arizona. He was a Professor Emeritus of Zoology at the University of Pennsyl- vania, and published on the ecology and variation of marine and fresh-water mollusks from 1904 to 1934. He retired to Arizona in 1926 and founded the Museum of Northern Arizona. We regret to announce the death of Dr. Gunnar Thorson, on January 25, 1971, at the age of 64, in Denmark. He was Europe's leading malacologist on the subject of reproduction and ecology of marine mollusks. He was the founder of the Marine Biological Laboratory in Helsingor. April, 1971 NAUTILUS 111 The Delaware Museum of Natural History in Greenville, Dela- ware, has added Mr. Russell H. Jensen to the staff of its Depart- ment of Moliusks as an Assistant Curator. Mr. Jensen is at present preparing a handbook of the marine moliusks of Bermuda. PUBLICATIONS RECEIVED Rios, Eliezer de Carvalhos. 1970. Costal Brazilian Seashells. 225 pp., 60 pis. Paperback. A checklist of the marine shelled moliusks of Brazil with illustrations of 280 native species. Cernohoi-sky, Walter O. 1970. Systematics of the families Mitridae and Volutomitridae. Bull. Auckland Institute and Museum, no 8, 190 pp., 18 pis. Excellent review of higher taxa. La Conchiglia. Dec. 1970. Vol. 2, nos. 11-12. International edition (in English) of the Italian shelling magazine. Contains new mondily supplements to Van Nostrand's Standard Catalog of Shells. Yearly subscription: $8.50 (airmail $10.50). U. S. agents: W. and R. McCauley, 7914 Provident St., Philadelphia, Pa. 19150; Gordon Melvin, 863 Watertown St., West Newton, Mass. 02165. Proceedings of the Symposium on Mollusca held at Cochin. 1968- 1969. Symposium Series 3, Marine Biol. Assoc. India, Mandapam Camp, India. Part I, pp. 1-385 (1968) ; Part II, pp. 387-706. Con- tains 58 papers on marine, land and fresh-water moliusks, including a new Neopilina, and a new genus of nudibranchs, Annulorhina, Rao, 1968. Johnson, Richard I. 1970. The Systematics and 2^ogeography of the Unionidae of the South Atlantic Slope Region. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 140, no. 6, 449 pp., 22 pis. WORLD WIDE SPECIMEN SHELLS for sale. New 1971 Price List on request. "Illustrated Catalog of Popular Marginella Species" now available also, 117 species shown with full data and values listed with cover in color. Price $2.00. PHILLIP W. CLOVER Apartado de Correos 22 Rota Cadiz, Spain WILLIAM H. WEEKS SHELL COLLECTION: New price lists of this famous collection, with full scientific data_, are in prepa- ration. Many new additions of fine and rare species are also included. To obtain free copies write: George E. Jacobs, 853 Riverside Drive, New York 32, N. Y. LIVING VOLUTES A Monograph of the Recent Volutidae of the World by Clifton S. Weaver and John E. du Pont This is the first scholarly review of this colorful and popular group of seashells within the last hundred years. Over 200 species and subspecies are beautifully illustrated in full natural colors on 79 plates. Color photographs of liv- ing animals in their natural habitats add splendor to this remarkable book. Dozens of carefully executed anatomical drawings and distributional maps supplement the lucid scientific text to enable easy identification. Hundreds of de- tailed synonomies are given. 375 pages, 9 x 12 inches Text figures and maps 79 full-color plates Bound. Price: $55.00 Swainson's EXOTIC CONCHOLOGY now available at a startlingly low price! Now only $13.75 (formerly $30.00) The few remaining copies of this unusual facsimile have been purchased by the Delaware Museum of Natural History and are now made available practically at cost to all libraries, scientists and amateur conchologists. 48 beautiful, colored plates, representing a faithful reproduction of Swainson's 1834 and 1 84 1 classic, together with the original text and a modern analysis by R. Tucker Abbott and Nora McMillan. Handsomely bound, gilt-edged on 3 sides and in full 9x12 inch page size. A useful and rare work belonging in the library of every lover of mollusks. Both available from your favorite book dealer or directly from the Delaware Museum of Natural History Greenville, Delaware 19807, U.S.A. April, 1971 NAUTILUS (Index) iii CONTENTS Achatina, a new newsletter 36 Alaska, new Pliocene molliisca 69 Amblcma perplicata, growth 16 Amnicola stygia Hubricht, n. sp 93 Anatomy, Succinea vaginacontorta Lee 131 Ancistrolepis eucosmius koyarnai Habe and Ito, n. subsp 84 Anculosa anthonyi Redfield, type species 110 Aritrobia Hubricht, new genus 95 Antrobia culveri Hubricht, n. sp 95 Aslununella mudgei Cheatum, n. sp 107 Ashmunella organensis Pilsbry 126 Ashmunella rileyensis Metcalf and Hurley, n. sp 122 Assiminea modesta (H. C. Lea) 143 AtJiearnia Morrison, new name of pleurocerid 110 Baker, H. B. (1889-1971) 113 Bathyancistrolepsis Habe and Ito 85 Beringius hertleini MacNeil, n. sp 72 Bermuda, Poecilozonites ecology 86 Bibliography of L. G. Hertlein 43 Bowden Formation, Jamaica 129 Buccinidae, from Japan 84 Cadulus acus Dall 79 Cadulus dentalinus Guppy 79 Cadulus panarnensis Sharp and Pilsbry 77 Cadulus perpusillus (Sowerby) 77 Calliostoma Swainson 32 Calliostoma brunneum (Dall) 33 Calliostoma tejedori Aguayo 33 Cape Cod, Mass., Assiminea on 143 Cave snails, new genus, new species 93 Charonia variegata 3 China, malacology in mainland 34 China Sea, a new typhid species 82 Chlamys leohertleini MacNeil, n. sp 70 Choanopoma jayanum, sinistral .^^^-r-rr-p,..,^ 127 Colton, Harold Sellers (1881-1970) .... ^(^^'M .C,>:>^- • • 1^4 Conchologist, The, Califomian ]ourad\ /^^/.^y'k }>.Oi^>^'^y 31 Corbicula manilensis in Florida /•?; /A \'^-\ • 36 I L I 3 R A R Y j ^ • j «*• u iv NAUTILUS Vol. 84 (Index) Cymatiidae of North Carolina 1 Cypraeidae of Nordi Carolina 1 Dates of The Nautilus 36 Defensive liquid in Liguus 14 Dentalium gadus Montagu 77 Distorsio clathrata 5 Distorsio mcgintyi 5 Ditrupa dentalina Guppy 79 Dominican Republic, Helicina 101 Ecological significance of Thyasira 96 Ecology of Bermuda Poecilozonites 86 Ecology of new Ashrainiella 120 Eggs of Valvata 9 Electron microscope study of radulae 118 Environmental control, land snails 86 European Malacological Congress, 4th 112 Eurycaelon Lea 110 Florida, Corbicula in 36 Fluxina Dall 32 Fossil Thyasira records 99 Gadila Gray 77 Gadilopsis Woodring 79 Green Lake, N. Y., molluscan fauna 21 Green Snail protected (Papustyla) 144 Hanna, G Dallas ( 1887-1970) 144 Helicina castilloi Clench and Jaume 101 Helicina from Dominican Republic 101 Helicina grayi Jacobson and Clench, n. sp 104 Helicina juliae Clench 103 Helicina prasinata Jacobson and Clench, n. sp 105 Helicina viridis Lamarck 103 Hertlein, Leo George, bibliography 43 Hertlein, Leo George, biography 37 Hertlein, Leo George, taxa proposed in his honor 42 Hydrobiidae, new taxa from Ozarks 93 Jamaica, fossil S trombus 129 Jamaica, sinistral Choanopoma 127 Jensen, Russell H., in Delaware no. 4, p. iii Kansas, Succinea of 131 April, 1971 NAUTILUS (Index) v Kennelly, Dennis Harper ( 1891-1971) 144 Klein, George F. ( 1907-1970) no. 2, p. iii La Conchiglia, Italian magazine no. 4, p. iii Lake, molluscan fauna of meromictic 21 Liguus, defensive liquid 14 Lithasia Haldeman 110 Littorina in Louisiana 35 Louisiana, Littorina in 35 Marcus, Ernst ( 1893-1968) 112 Mesodo7i injlectus, sinistral 12 Nerita peloronta, radula of 118 New Mexico, new AshmuJiella 120 North Carolina, Cymatiidae and Gypraeidae 1 Omalogyra atomus 113 Omalogyra densicostata 113 Omalogyra planorbis (Dall) 114 Ozark Gaves, new Hydrobiidae 93 Papustyla pulcherrima, protected 144 Parancistrolepis Azuma 85 Pelecypods, invaders of the infauna 75 Pleistocene, land snails of Bermuda 86 Pliocene, new Alaskan species 69 Poecilozonites, ecolog)- 86 Radula, of Nerita peloronta 118 Radula, of Succinea 139 Sinistral Jamaican Choanopoma 127 Strombus gigas, Jamaican Miocene 129 Succinea vaginacontorta Lee 131 Swijtopecten of Alaska 69 Te.xas, growth of Amhlema in 16 Texas, new Ashmunella from Davis Mts 107 Thorson, Gunnar (1907-1971) 144 Thyasira bisecta, ecology 96 Tree snails, Liguus 14 Typhis philippensis Watson 83 Typhis ramosus Habe and Kosuge, n. sp 82 Valvata lewisi 9 Western Society of Malacologists, 4th meeting Ill vi NAUTILUS Vol. 84 (Index) INDEX TO AUTHORS Andicott, Warren 0 37, 43 Baranowski, Walter P 143 Boss, Kenneth J 34, 127 Carlton, James T. (Barry Roth) 31 Cheatum, E. P 107 Clench, William J 36 Dronen, N. O., Jr. (B. Z. Lang) 9 Eisner, T. and E. O. W^ilson 14 Emerson, W^illiam K 77 Feinberg, Harold S 12 Franzen. Dorothea S 131 Centner, Harry W. (J. W. Little) 16 Gould, Stephen J 86 Habe, T. and K. Ito 84 Habe, T. and S. Kosuge 82 Harman, W^illard N 21 Hubricht, Leslie 93 Hurley, Patricia A. (Artie L. Metcalf ) 120 Ito, K. (T. Habe) 84 Jacobson, Morris K. and Kennetli J. Boss 127 Jacobson, M. K. and W. J. Clench 101 Jung, Peter 129 Kanno, Saburo 96 Kosuge, S. (T. Habe) 82 Lang, B. Z. and N. O. Dronen, Jr 9 Little, J. W. and Hany W. Centner 16 MacNeil, F. S 69 Merrill, Arthur S 32 Metcalf, Artie L. and Patricia A. Hurley 120 Moore, Donald R 113 Morrison, J. P. E 110 Nicol, David 75 Porter, Hugh J 1 Roth, Barry 31, 42, 52 Roth, Bany and James T. Carlton i.- • i^ ^^ Smalley, Alfred E ...."...'"..... 35 Thomas, Ronald Frank 118 Wilson, E. O. (T. Eisner) , ':'.\ 14 MBL WHOI IIHKARY lilH 17XT X